Case IH Tractor Farmall 85A,95A,105A,115A Operator's Manual_51559261 by www.heydownloads.com

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS

- according to Regulation (EU) 2014/1322, Annex XXII

Farmall 85A Farmall 95A Farmall 105A Farmall 115A Tractor

OPERATORâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S MANUAL

Part number 51559261 6th edition English November 2018 Replaces part number 48130051

Contents 1 GENERAL INFORMATION METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1 1-3 1-5 1-8

2 SAFETY INFORMATION SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Safety aspects in accordance with Regulation (EU) 1322/2014 - Annex XXII and subsequent amendments and modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Safety rules - General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Safety rules – Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Safety rules - Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Safety rules – Explosions and fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Safety rules - Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Safety rules – Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Safety rules - Instructor seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Safety rules - Passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Safety rules – Operator presence system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Safety rules - Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Safety rules - Reflectors and warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Safety rules - Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Safety rules Operator protective structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Safety rules - HVAC system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Safety rules - Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Safety rules - "Do not use" sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Safety rules - Hazardous chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Safety rules - Near utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Safety rules - In the event of electrical storms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Safety rules – Mounting and dismounting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Safety rules - Lifting and overhead loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Safety rules - Front end loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Noise level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Machine stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Towing the tractor for recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44 Emergency escape from cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 Wheel chocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Burn prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 Getting in and out of the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51 INTENDED USE STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-60 2-62 2-63 2-64

3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS Access to operator's platform INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Cab controls and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 CAB Access/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 ADJUST THE MIRRORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 SUN PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 CONTROL ELEMENTS/SIDE CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 RADIO (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 CAB AIR FILTERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Operator's seat DOCUMENTATION STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPERATOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-20 3-21 3-23 3-24

Instructional seat INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Forward controls LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KEY- START SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 X 12 POWER SHUTTLE TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMISSION WITH CREEPER AND SHUTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FOUR WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRO-HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MECHANICAL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrohydraulic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-25 3-27 3-28 3-30 3-31 3-35 3-38 3-39 3-40 3-41 3-42 3-43

Left-hand side controls LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 REAR POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Right-hand side controls RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47

DISPLAY SETTINGS Display programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting the dashboard/display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibrating tool width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programming maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating/deactivating buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting units of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regenerating the diesel particulate filter (DPF) automatically/manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-53 3-54 3-56 3-58 3-59 3-61 3-62 3-63 3-68

4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Starting the unit BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BOOSTING THE TRACTOR BATTERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GLOW PLUGS - COLD START AID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4

Stopping the unit STOPPING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 STOPPING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS Preparing for road transport CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER LOADING THE TRACTOR ONTO A TRANSPORTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Recovery transport TOWING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

6 WORKING OPERATIONS Rear mechanical control P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) POWER TAKEâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;OFF OPERATION . 6-2 GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) SPEEDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Two speed Power Take-Off (PTO) systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Two speed PTO systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 HYDRAULIC LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 EXTERNAL HYDRAULIC POWER LIFT CONTROLS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 HYDRAULIC LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 HYDRAULIC LIFT -CONDITIONS OF USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25

THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EQUIPMENT MOUNTING POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOTE CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REMOTE CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-26 6-27 6-29 6-31 6-32 6-35

WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT (two wheel drive). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT - 4WD FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEEL . . Adjustment of the steering angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT WHEEL FENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-38 6-40 6-43 6-44

Wheels Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIRES - GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-45 6-47 6-49 6-51

BALLASTING AND TIRES IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQUID BALLAST LIQUID BALLASTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIQUID BALLAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM PERMITTED WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STATIC WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-53 6-54 6-56 6-58 6-60

7 MAINTENANCE General information GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 DIESEL FUEL QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 BIODIESEL FUEL - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Engine cooling system - Basic instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 BODYWORK MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 OPENING THE HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Fluid capacities and lubricant specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

Maintenance planning Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12

As required maintenance Radiator expansion tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check the air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pedals - Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic service brakes - Adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External lighting - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front wheels - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clutch cable - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21

At warning message display Dry air filter - External cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Brake fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Fuel filter water drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator expansion tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab recirculated air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator, oil cooler and air conditioner condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32

Initial 50 hours Maintenance - Tighten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-33 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38

Every 50 hours 2WD steering cylinder â&#x20AC;&#x201C; (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2WD front axle trunnion pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2WD steering spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front axle 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear three-point hitch - Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hand brake lever - Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44

Every 100 hours Air-conditioning condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission oil heat exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cab recirculated air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compressor belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic trailer brakes compressor belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-45 7-46 7-47 7-48 7-49 7-50 7-51 7-52

Every 300 hours Hydraulic circuit oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary services oil filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dry air filter - External cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic oil tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front axle (4WD) oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-53 7-54 7-55 7-56 7-57

4WD front axle final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 4WD front axles stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

Every 600 hours Change engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing the fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel bolt torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-60 7-61 7-62 7-63

Every 1200 hours or annually Replacing air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 Blow-by filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65

Every 1200 hours or two years Front axle (4WD) oil replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 Replacing front axle final drive oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 Replacing transmission oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68

Every 3600 hours Change the engine coolant fluid - OAT type coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Battery service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse and relay box - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse and relay locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-72 7-74 7-75 7-79 7-80

Storage Tractor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81

8 TROUBLESHOOTING Fault code resolution Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

Alarm(s) ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Display warnings overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-1 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9

Viewing error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Error code identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Fault code of digital instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

9 SPECIFICATIONS Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 General dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Tractor weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Fuel system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Clutch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11 Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Hydraulic lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Three point hitch - capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 Towing devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Instruments and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22

10 ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 ROTATING BEACON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 QUICK HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 SWINGING DRAWBARS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED TOWING HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8 Trailer brake hydraulic control - Static description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11 Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13 Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual-line, compatible with trailers with universal single line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15 Pneumatic brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

11 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION###_1_### METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS Typical applications

Metric unit Name

Symbol

Imperial unit Name

Symbol

Area (Land area)

mm²

acre square foot square inch square inch

ac ft² in² in²

ampere volt microfarad ohm

A V µF Ω

ampere volt microfarad ohm

A V µF Ω

kilonewton newton

kN N

pound pound

lb lb

newton per meter

N/m

pound per foot pound per inch

lb/ft lb/in

megahertz kilohertz hertz

MHz kHz Hz

megahertz kilohertz hertz

MHz kHz Hz

revolution per minute

r/min rpm

revolution per minute

r/min ª rpm

kilometer meter centimeter millimeter micrometer

km m cm mm µm

mile foot inch inch

mi ft in in

kilogram gram milligram

kg g mg

pound ounce

lb oz

milligram per kilogram

mg/ kg

kilowatt watt

kW W

horsepower Btu per hour Btu per minute

Hp Btu/hr Btu/min

kilopascal

kPa

pascal megapascal

Pa MPa

pound per square inch inch of mercury inch of water pound per square inch

psi inHg inH2O psi

hectare square meter

ha m²

square millimeter Electricity

Force

Force per length

Frequency

Frequency − Rotational

Length

Mass

Mass per Mass Power

Pressure or stress (Force per area)

1-1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Typical applications

Metric unit Name

Symbol

Imperial unit Name

Temperature (other than Thermodynamic) degrees Fahrenheit degrees Celsius °C Time hour h hour minute min minute s second second Torque (includes Bending moment, Moment of force, and Moment of a couple) newton meter Nm pound foot pound foot Velocity kilometer per hour mile per hour km/h meter per second m/s foot per second millimeter per second inch per second mm/s meter per minute m/min foot per minute Volume (includes Capacity) cubic meter cubic yard m³ liter liter

1-2

°F h min s lb ft lb in mph ft/s in/s ft/min

cubic inch US gallon UK gallon US quart UK quart fluid ounce

yd³ cu yd in³ US gal UK gal US qt UK qt fl oz

m³/min l/min ml/min

cubic foot per minute US gallon per minute UK gallon per minute

ft³/min US gal/min UK gal/min

decibel

l l

milliliter Volume per time (includes Discharge and Flow rate) cubic meter per minute liter per minute milliliter per minute Sound power level and Sound pressure level decibel

Symbol

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

TO THE OWNER TO THE OWNER GENERAL This Manual has been prepared to assist you in the correct procedure for running–in, driving and operating and for the maintenance of your new tractor. Read this Manual carefully. Your tractor is intended for use in normal and customary agricultural applications. If at any time you require advice concerning your tractor, do not hesitate to contact your CASE IH dealer. He has factory trained personnel, genuine manufacturers’ parts and the necessary equipment to carry out all your service requirements. Your tractor has been designed and built to give maximum performance, economy and ease of operation under a wide variety of operating conditions. Prior to delivery, the tractor was carefully inspected, both at the factory and by your dealer to ensure that it reaches you in optimum condition. To maintain this condition and ensure trouble–free operation, it is important that the routine services, as specified in Maintenance - Basic instructions of this Manual, are carried out at the recommended intervals.

CLEANING THE TRACTOR Your tractor is a state-of-the-art machine with user friendly controls. This should be borne in mind when cleaning the tractor, particularly if using a high pressure washer. Even though every precaution has been taken to safeguard electrical components and connections, the pressure generated by some of these machines is such that complete protection against water ingress cannot be guaranteed. When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too close to the tractor and avoid directing the jet at electronic components, electrical connections, breathers, seals, filler caps, etc. Never direct a cold water jet at a hot engine or exhaust.

SAFETY 2-1 lists the precautions to be observed to ensure your safety and the safety of others. Read the safety precautions and follow the advice offered before operating the tractor.

FIRST 50 HOUR SERVICE In Section 11, at the back of this Manual, you will find the 50–hour service reports. After you have operated the tractor for 50 hours, take your tractor, together with this Manual, to your dealer. He will then perform the factory recommended 50– hour service and complete the service report sheets 11-1 . The first

sheet (page 11–1) is the dealer’s copy and should be removed by the dealer after the service has been carried out. The second sheet (page 11–3) is your copy of the service performed. Ensure that you and the dealer sign both copies.

SERVICE PARTS It should be pointed out that genuine parts have been examined and approved by the Company. The installation and/or use of ‘non-genuine’ products could have negative effects upon the design characteristics of your tractor and thereby affect it’s safety. The Company is not liable for any damage caused by the use of ‘non–genuine’ parts and accessories. Only genuine replacement parts should be used. The use of non-genuine parts may invalidate legal approvals associated with this product. It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the tractor unless specifically authorised, in writing, by the After Sales Service department of the Company.

WARRANTY Your tractor is warranted according to legal rights in your country and the contractual agreement with the selling dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the tractor has not been used, adjusted and maintained according to the instructions given in the Operator’s Manual.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL This Manual gives information for use of this tractor, as intended and under the conditions foreseen by the manufacturer during normal operation and routine service and maintenance. • Normal operation means the use of the tractor for the purpose intended by the manufacturer by an operator familiar with the tractor and the mounted or towed equipment and complying with the information for operation and safe practices, as specified by the manufacturer in this Manual and by the signs on the tractor and the equipment. • Normal operation includes the preparation and storage of the tractor, swinging components into work position and vice versa, adding or removing ballast and picking up and setting off attachments • Normal operation includes the adjustment and setting of the tractor and equipment, for the specific condition of the field and/or the crop • Routine service and maintenance means activities that must be done daily by an operator familiar with the tractor characteristics and complying with the information for routine service and safe practices, as specified by the manufacturer in this Manual and by signs on the tractor, in order to maintain its proper function. Routine service includes activities such as fueling, cleaning,

1-3

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

washing, topping up fluid levels, greasing, replacing of consumable articles such as lamp bulbs • This Manual is not giving all the information related to periodical service, converting and repairs to be carried out by professional service personnel. For some of the latter activities, there may be a need for appropriate facilities, technical skills and tools which are not supplied with the tractor, please refer to your dealer or authorised workshop • Periodical service means activities that must be done at defined intervals by trained personnel familiar with the tractor characteristics and which are complying with the information for periodical service and safe practices, as partly specified by the manufacturer in this Manual and in other Company literature, in order to maintain the expected life time of the tractor

• Converting means activities that must be done by professional service personnel familiar with the tractor characteristics and complying with the information for converting, as partly specified by the manufacturer in this Manual, in assembly instructions or in other Company literature, in order to fit the tractor to a specific configuration • Repair means activities that must be done by professional service personnel only familiar with the tractor characteristics and complying with the information for repair, as specified by the manufacturer in the dealer’s workshop Manual, in order to restore the proper function of the tractor after a failure or degradation of performance

1-4

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION PLATES Serial numbers identify the tractor and its main components. The identification data must be supplied by the

dealer for requests for spare parts or service operations. Identification data is of fundamental importance in the event of theft of the tractor. The location of the various identification data is shown below.

CASE_01_REV

1-5

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Product Identification Number Plate The Product Identification Number plate provides important information on tractor and towed equipment weight combinations. This plate can be found on the right-hand side of the cab exterior trim panel, below the rear window. The figures shown are the maximum permissible vehicle and towing weights and should not be exceeded, to do so may affect the safe operation of the tractor. See Drawbars and towing hitches - Operating.

MOIL16TR02700AA

00677

Product identification plate number (1), Cab identification data plate (2).

1-6

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

00687

Tractor frame number identification data plate (1) (stamped on the axle support), Engine identification data plate (2).

1-7

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the treatment of some of the substances which are required by advanced technology, common sense should govern the use and disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature. The following are recommendations which may be of assistance: • Become acquainted with and ensure that you understand the relative legislation applicable to your country.

cleaning agents, etc., with regard to their effect on man and nature and how to safely store, use and dispose of these substances. Agricultural consultants will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.

• Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti freeze,

HELPFUL HINTS 1.

Avoid filling tanks using unsuitable containers or inappropriate pressurised fuel delivery systems which may cause considerable spillage.

If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous chemicals you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, coolant, etc. required for the function of your machine can be hazardous. They may be attractive and harmful to domestic animals as well as humans.

Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/ or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.

ery two years. They must not be left to be absorbed into the ground, but must be collected and disposed of in a suitable manner. 6.

Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases which should not be released into the atmosphere. Your dealer or air conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to recharge the system anyway.

Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or hydraulic system immediately.

Do not increase the pressure in a pressurised circuit as this may lead to the components exploding.

Avoid spillage when transferring used engine cooling liquids, engine and transmission lubricants, hydraulic oils, brake fluids, etc. Never mix used brake oil with fuel oil, or fuel oil with lubricants. Store safely until suitable disposal can be arranged according to national legislation or local regulations.

Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of oils, coolant, etc.

Modern anti––freeze liquids and solutions, e.g. anti–freeze and other additives,must be replaced ev-

NOTE: The engines installed on the tractors comply with anti–pollution legislation.

10. Do not adjust the setting of the fuel delivery system as this will alter the emission of exhaust fumes.

Battery recycling Batteries and electric accumulators contain several substances that can have a harmful effect on the environment if the batteries are not properly recycled after use. CASE IH strongly recommends that you return all used batteries to a CASE IH dealer, who will dispose of the used batteries or recycle the used batteries properly. In some countries, this is a legal requirement.

1-8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION###_2_### SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read the following safety regulations carefully and follow the recommendations in order to avoid potential hazards and safeguard your health and safety.

Personal safety This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.

Throughout this manual , you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you. Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with DANGER is RED. WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color associated with WARNING is ORANGE. CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. The color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Machine safety NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage. The color associated with Notice is BLUE. Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.

2-1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Information NOTE: Note indicates additional information which clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual. Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage. IMPORTANT: This is used to highlight important information for machine usage or specific procedures to prevent minor machine damages.

IMPORTANT WARNINGS The machine is designed and produced exclusively for agricultural use. All other use will be considered to be contrary to the use specified by CASE IH, who cannot be held liable for damage to property or the machine, or for personal injuries which may result. Persons who risk improper use will therefore assume the responsibility for any consequences arising from such use. Compliance with the instructions for use, maintenance and repairs described in this manual, are the essential preconditions for the use specified by CASE IH. The machine must only be used, serviced or repaired by personnel trained in the relevant working methods and safety regulations and who have been authorised to work on the machine.

The user must also observe the rules concerning general safety and accident prevention, including the Highway Code when driving on public highways. Any arbitrary modifications made to this machine will release CASE IH from any liability resulting from damage or injury. CASE IH and all its distribution organisations, inclusive of, but not restricted to, national, regional or local distributors, cannot be held liable for damage resulting from the malfunction of parts and/or components not approved by CASE IH. Under no circumstances will a guarantee be issued for products made or sold by CASE IH that are damaged as a result of the malfunction of parts and/or components not approved by CASE IH.

2-2

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety aspects in accordance with Regulation (EU) 1322/2014 Annex XXII and subsequent amendments and modifications Section 2 A

Operator's seat ergonomic adjustments.

Adjust the driver seat correctly in the most comfortable, ergonomic position before you use the machine. This reduces the risks and effects of whole-body vibrations. See 3-21 — 3-23 3-23 — for specific adjustment instructions. See 2-1 for further information on the effects and risks of whole-body vibrations. B

Cab climate control system.

Carefully read and understand the instructions for how to use and operate the Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) system (see 3-14). To provide protection against dust and ensure that the machine maintains the minimum differential pressure, always use the cab ventilation and filtration system correctly. For proper outside air filtration, you must: • Close all doors, windows, and/or hatches. • Turn on the air conditioning. • Set the fan to the highest speed setting.

Safe starting and stopping of the engine.

For safe use, you must read and understand the engine startup and shutdown instructions in this manual before you operate the machine (see 4-3 ). Follow the instructions in this manual when you operate the machine. D

Emergency exit.

You can use the rear window of the machine as an emergency exit. A safety sign indicates which window to use (see 2-1)

Getting on and off the machine.

Jumping on or off the machine could cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the handrails and steps, and get on or off slowly. Maintain a three-point contact to avoid falling: both hands on the handrails and one foot on the step, or one hand on the handrail and both feet on the steps. See Safety rules - Mounting and dismounting the machine F

Articulated machines.

The requirement does not apply to the models. G

Special tools.

The requirement does not apply to the models. H

Service, maintenance, and safety.

Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident. ○ Do not operate this machine or perform any lubrication, maintenance, or repair on it until you have read and understood the operation, lubrication, and maintenance information. ○ Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. ○ Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine.

2-3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

○ When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and any Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) necessary for the particular procedure. The necessary PPE may include: ■ Protective shoes. ■ Eye and/or face protection. ■ Hard hat. ■ Heavy gloves. ■ Filter mask. ■ Hearing protection. ○ When machine maintenance requires you to work at heights: ■ Correctly use machine steps, ladders, and/or hand holds. ■ Do not stand on machine areas that are not designed as steps or platforms. ■ When necessary, use an appropriate ladder to reach components such as mirrors, rotating beacons, or air filters. ■ Never use steps, ladders, and/or hand holds when the machine is in motion. ■ Do not use the machine as a lift, ladder, or platform for working at heights. ○ If you do not understand a maintenance procedure, or doubt your ability to perform a maintenance procedure correctly, see your authorized dealer. ○ Any unauthorized modifications made to this machine can have serious consequences. Consult an authorized dealer on changes, additions, or modifications that may be required for this machine. Do not make any unauthorized modifications. See Safety rules - Maintenance- Basic instructions. I

Hydraulic hoses.

You must periodically inspect the hydraulic hoses. See the Maintenance chapter for general inspection precautions. The hoses do not require any operator-performed maintenance. Always see your CASE IH dealer for hydraulic hose repair or replacement. J

Towing the machine.

Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents. When towing your machine, follow the procedure in this manual. See Brakes and controls - Secure. K

Using jacks.

Jack the machine only at the jack points indicated in this manual. See Platform, cab, bodywork, and decals Personal safety. L

Batteries and fuel tank.

See Battery - Check for the specific battery maintenance operations. See Refueling for instructions on how to refuel the machine. When you work with machine batteries, observe the following precautions: ○ To prevent an explosion: ■ Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. ■ Always connect the negative (-) battery cable last. ■ Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. ■ Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery. ■ Do not create sparks or have open flame near a battery. ■ When you use auxiliary batteries or connect jumper cables to start the engine, use the procedure shown in the operator’s manual.

2-4

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

○ Charge the batteries properly. Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. ■ Ventilate the charging area. ■ Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. ■ Never charge a frozen battery. ○ Avoid contact with battery acid. Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. ■ Always wear eye protection when you work with batteries. ■ Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. If contact occurs, seek immediate medical attention. ■ Antidote (external body): flush the area with water. ■ Antidote (eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes, and seek immediate medical attention. ■ Antidote (internal ingestion): drink large quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. ○ Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. ○ Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you store and handle batteries. ○ Keep batteries out of reach of children and other unauthorized persons. M Overturning hazards. Do not use the machine on slopes or in other conditions that exceed the stability limits in this manual (see2-41). Using the machine beyond these limits may cause the machine to roll over or tip over. Follow the recommendations in this manual. Pay particular attention when the machine travels down steep hills in a loaded condition. Do not drive the machine on or near the edge of ditches, canals, dykes or embankments with ground that is unstable or dug out by rodents. The machine may sink sideways and roll-over. Do not use the machine on: • Unstable crossings or bridges • Soft surfaces • Surfaces that cannot support the weight of the machine These constructions may collapse and cause the machine to roll over. Always inspect the condition and carrying capacity of bridges and ramps before you drive the machine onto a bridge or ramp. Seat belts are part of your Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) and must be worn at all times. An operator must be held to the seat inside the frame in order for the protective system to work. Always respect the dynamic stability limits of the machine. Abrupt, high-speed maneuvers increase the risk of machine roll-over. Fast cornering and tight cornering increase the risk of machine roll-over. Do not use the machine for pulling operations where you do not know if the load will yield (for example, pulling stumps). The machine may flip over backwards if the load does not yield. Be extremely cautious when you work with the machine on forage silos without concrete sidewalls. Dual wheels or a wide track setting may improve the sideways stability of the machine. Be aware that the machine center of gravity may increase when you raise loads with a front-end loader or a threepoint hitch. In these conditions, the machine may roll over earlier than you expect. NOTE: the provided list does not contain all possible hazards. Always follow the instructions in this manual when you use the machine. N

Risks related to contact with hot surfaces.

Wait for all components to cool before you perform any maintenance or adjustment operation. Do not handle any service fluid (engine coolant, engine oil, hydraulic oil, etc.) at temperatures that exceed 49 °C (120 °F). Allow fluids to cool. .

2-5

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Falling Objects Protective Structure (FOPS).

The machine is equipped with a type-approved ROPS and, if provided with a cab or canopy, also with a FOPS in accordance with Code 10 of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. P

Operator Protective Structure (OPS)

The machine is not equipped with a type-approved Operator Protective Structure (OPS). Your machine requires a specific OPS kit in order to provide protection against penetration by objects. Contact your dealer to check the availability of a type-approved OPS kit for the machine, especially in the case of forestry applications. Q

Contact with overhead power lines.

Contact with overhead power lines can cause severe electrical burns or death from electrocution. See Maintenance - Personal safety for necessary precautions. for the safety measures to follow in the event of contact between the machine and an electrical power source. R

Electrical storm safety.

Do not operate the machine during an electrical storm. See Safety rules - In the event of electrical storms for complete instructions. S

Cleaning of mud-guards edges.

You must clean the mud guards and/or fenders regularly. T

Proper use of tires.

A tire can explode during inflation. Always observe the following precautions: • Properly seat the tire before inflating. • Never increase air pressure beyond 240 kPa (35 psi) to seat the bead on the wheel rim. • Never use force on a partially or fully inflated tire. • Do not exceed the inflation pressure recommended by the tire manufacturer. See Safety rules - Wheels and tires and Wheels - General specification for proper use and maintenance instructions. U

machine stability when using heavy attached implements at height.

To prevent machine instability, always consider and follow the machine stability requirements in this manual. See 2-41 and Safety rules - Lifting and overhead loads for details.. V

machine stability when travelling over rough or sloping ground.

Always be aware of the effect of inclines and steep hills on machine stability. Operating, handling, and braking performance may be affected. Adjust ballast and driving speed accordingly to ensure stable and accurate steering, and to ensure the required brake performance in critical situations. Do not use the machine beyond the limits of terrain gradient and stability (see Product identification - Safety rules - Operator protective structure ). Using the machine beyond these limits may cause the machine to roll over or tip over. Follow the recommendations in this manual. Pay particular attention when the machine travels down steep hills in a loaded condition. W Passengers. A folding passenger seat is available for some markets where local legislation permits. Children are not permitted on the machine. Wear a seat belt at all times. See Safety rules - Passenger seat- Instructional seat - Localization overview section. X

Required training level for operators.

See Note to the Owner.

2-6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safe loading of the vehicle.

Always respect machine load limits. For maximum permitted loads, see the following: • 2-41 • Front axle system - General specification • Maximum permitted loads on drawbar • Tow hitch - General specification Z

Safe methods for rear towing.

Avoid rear upset hazards. Use the correct location on the machine when attaching equipment. Do not use the hitch as a drawbar if the horizontal load is greater than maximum value provided in Specifications section. The following connections are available: Connection type Drawbar Towing hitch Three-point hitch

Instructions Drawbar - Operating Maximum permitted loads on drawbar. Drawbars and towing hitches - Operating Tow hitch - General specification. Rear hitch - Adjust, Quick hitch - Operating, Three-point hitch - Dimension General specification

Follow the instructions and precautions in this manual (see Rear three-point hitch - Personal safety and Brakes and controls - Safety rules). AA Battery isolators. The battery isolator disconnects the battery from the main electrical circuit. See Pillar trim plate - Localization overview for battery isolator switch positions. See Electronic battery isolator - Operating for when to use the battery isolator. AB Seat belts. Always use the seat belt when you operate the machine. See Safety rules - Seat belts - Seat restraints - Localization overview AC Autoguidance systems. The requirement does not apply to the models. AD Safe use of a Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS). ROPS can not be folded on this machine. Always keep ROPS locked in upright position.Follow this instructions in this manual, including the proper use of your seat belt(see Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) frame Operating ). AE Consequences in the event of roll over with a non removable Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS). Using a cabless machine with a non removable ROPS could cause injury in the event of a roll over. Avoid crushing hazards: • Always wear the seat belt when operating the machine with the ROPS. • DO NOT operate the machine with the ROPS removed. Remove the ROPS only for service or replacement. • See Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) frame - Operating

2-7

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

AF Appropriate use of a non removable Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS).. For machines without a cab, the operator can not fold the ROPS. See: Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) frame - Operating. AG Greasing points. See the Maintenance chapter in this manual to locate the greasing points. Perform the needed greasing at the suggested intervals. See Maintenance chart . AH Seats and whole-body vibration. Make sure that each operator correctly adjusts the operator's seat to minimize the risks from whole-body vibration (see Vibration levels) See the Safety information chapter for additional information on the effects and risks of whole-body vibration. (see Identification plates).

Section 3 A

Instructions for mounted or trailed machinery, including trailers.

The machine is a multipurpose machine designed to tow, transport, and operate various implements. This manual alone cannot provide you with all the information required for the safe operation of the several configurations. Use only authorized attachments. Always read and understand the manual or instructions supplied by the manufacturer to avoid injury or damage. Understand the operation and safety instructions before you attach, remove, or operate the attachment. B

Three-point linkage and tow-hitch (if equipped).

Always stay clear of the implement operating area. In particular, DO NOT stand between the machine and the trailed vehicle or either three-point linkage when operating lift controls. Make sure no bystanders are within or near these operating areas. See Safety signs Always stay clear of the implement operating area. In particular, DO NOT stand between the machine and the trailed vehicle or either three-point linkage when operating lift controls. Make sure no bystanders are within or near these operating areas. See Safety signs C

Positioning a mounted implement before leaving the machine.

To avoid injury always lower all components, attachments, or implements to the ground before leaving the cab. D

Power Take-Off (PTO) speed.

Always use the recommended PTO speed for the implement. Consult the implement operator's manual for the correct speed. • Match the right machine PTO spline and speed with the PTO driveshaft provided with an implement. This will assure proper geometry and operating speed. • Never operate 540 RPM implements at 1000 RPM • Never operate 1000 RPM implements at 540 RPM E

Power Take-Off (PTO) guards.

Avoid entanglement with the PTO. The Power Take-Off (PTO) guard must be in place for most operations to prevent death or injury while the PTO is operating. When attachments like pumps are attached to the PTO - where the guard is moved upward or removed - shielding equal to the PTO guard must be installed with the attachment. See Power Take-Off (PTO) - Adjust . F

Hydraulic coupling devices.

The machine has a pressurized hydraulic system. Before disconnecting couplers you must: • Lower the connected attachments. • Stop the engine. 2-8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

• Move the control levers forward and backward to discharge pressure from the hydraulic system. See . Remote control valves - Safety rules for detailed information about the location and identification of hydraulic valves and the couplers, as well as instructions for use. G Lift capacity of the three-point linkage. See General specification for the maximum lift capacity of the three-point linkage. See Rear hitch - Adjust for information on how to make lateral and/or vertical adjustments to the three-point hitch. H

Determination of the total mass, the loads on the axles, the permissible loads for the tires, and the minimum ballast necessary.

To avoid a loss of control, always follow the tire pressures and maximum load capacities recommended by the tire manufacturer when you operate the machine at high road speeds. See your authorized dealer or tire supplier for the correct pressures and load capacities of the tires fitted to your machine. For the total mass of the machine, see "Technical data" ( General specification). For the maximum load capacity on the axles and the load of the tires, see Front axle system - General specification. For information about the machine ballast, see Front ballast Ballast — Rear wheel ballasts - Ballast — Wheels - Ballast. I

Ballast weights.

CASE IH recommends that you equip the machine with appropriate ballast weights as follows: • Whenever the machine requires high traction power to enhance grip on the ground . • To improve the longitudinal stability of the machine when you use very long and heavy implements The use of very heavy or long implements with this machine may affect machine stability. CASE IH recommends that you ballast the machine with cast iron weights. See the following for more information: • 2-41 • Front ballast - Ballast • Rear wheel ballasts - Ballast • Wheels - Ballast • 7-33 Counterweights are very heavy. Always use certified lifting equipment to remove and install the counterweights. Make sure the hardware securing the counterweight(s) to the machine is installed correctly and the clamp bolts are tightened fully before operating the machine. Clear the area around and under the counterweight removal and installation system before installing or removing counterweights. Keep all unauthorized personnel clear of the area. Make sure all lifting devices are in good condition and capable of handling the counterweight mass. J

Trailer braking systems.

Always check compatibility with the towed vehicles or equipment (see Brakes and controls - Operating). In addition to the information given in this manual, read and follow all instructions provided by the trailer manufacturer.See the following sections of this manual for information on all available trailer braking systems: • Hydraulic trailer brakes - Dual line • Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual-line, compatible with trailers with universal single line • Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - With single line, Italy type • Trailer brake pneumatic control - Operating K

Vertical load on tow-hitch.

For the maximum vertical load on the tow hitch, see Tow hitch - General specification. L

Implements Power Take-Off (PTO) drive shafts.

CASE IH designs the PTO options available for this machine, including Type 3, have been designed according to ISO 500-2:2004 standards. The angle of demarcation of the clear zone is 60°. 2-9

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

The use of mobile or detachable devices can limit the extent of the clear zone. The clear zone for towing vehicles must comply with ISO 6489-3 and ISO 5673-2:2005. See Power Take-Off (PTO) - Adjust M Maximum allowable trailed masses. The machine type approval data plate states the maximum permissible masses for the trailer (see Decals and plates - Product identification). N

Area between the machine and the towed implement or vehicle.

To avoid injury, always stay clear of the implement operating area. In particular, DO NOT stand between the machine and the trailed vehicle or either three-point linkage when operating lift controls. Make sure no bystanders are within or near these operating areas. O Factory-installed implements. The requirement does not apply to the models.

Section 4 ► Noise declaration. CASE IH measures noise levels according to European Regulations::. • Regulation (EU) 2014/1322- Annex XIII - test method 2 (internally measured, at the operator's ear). • Regulation (EU) 2015/96- Annex III (externally measured). For specific values for this machine, see Noise level

Section 5 ► Vibration declaration. CASE IH measures levels of vibration in conformity with Regulation (EU) 2014/1322- Annex XIV. For specific values for this machine, see Vibration levels- annex XIV.

Section 6.1 ► Using a front-end loader. Safety rules - Lifting and overhead loads contains information about the dangers associated with the use of a frontend loader. Read and understand this information before you use a front-end loader. When you install a front-end loader, always read and follow the loader manufacturer's operator's manual and recommendations in addition to the information in this manual. See Additional equipment attachment points (37) for the following information: • machine attachment points • Dimensions • Hardware specifications For these machine models there are no programmable functions with hydraulic sequential control.

Section 6.2 ► Use in forestry applications. When using an agricultural machine in a forestry application, the following hazards exist: • Falling trees (for example when you use the machine with a rear-mounted tree-grab crane) • Objects penetrating the operator's enclosure, particularly if you use the machine with a rear-mounted winch • Falling objects such as branches, logs, or tree limbs 2-10

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

• Roll-over or tip-over due to working conditions including steep slopes or rough terrain A type-approved kit for forestry applications, if available, will provide protection against the above-described risks, particularly against trees falling. A type-approved forestry kit includes specific screen structures and/or gratings in front of the cab doors, on the roof, and on the windows. A type-approved forestry kit also provides protection against falling objects To use this machine for forestry applications, the machine must have a type-approved forestry kit installed. Your machine is not designed for use with a forestry kit. Your machine is NOT EQUIPPED FOR FORESTRY APPLICATIONS (heavy or light). See your dealer to verify if a specific type-approved forestry kit is available for your machine. In order to use your machine in forestry applications, your machine must have a type-approved kit for forestry applications.

Section 6.3 ► Use of mounted, semi-mounted, or towed sprayers When using an agricultural machine with crop sprayers, the following hazards exist: • Risks due to spraying hazardous substances with a machine (fitted with a cab or not). • Risks related to entering or exiting the cab during the application of hazardous substances. • Risks related to the possible contamination of the operating environment. • Risks related to cleaning the cab and maintaining the air filters. Your machine can be equipped with a cab approved according to EN 15695-1:2009 . In order to know the cab category according to EN 15695-1:2009 , refer to the cab identification plate, see For the level of protection offered by the cab and the filters see For protection against hazardous dust, aerosols, and vapors, see the instructions provided by the chemical agent supplier, the sprayer manufacturer, and the basic rules contained in this manual. Always use the Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) and any other special devices as instructed by the chemical supplier's instructions during spraying operations.

2-11

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules Personal safety This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.

Throughout this manual you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you. Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Machine safety NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine or property damage. Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.

Information NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual. Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.

2-12

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - General information General safety rules Use caution when operating the machine on slopes. Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads can change the center of gravity of the machine. The machine can tip or roll over when near ditches and embankments or uneven surfaces. The tractor must only be used by responsible personnel, trained in tractor use and authorised to operate the machine. Do not use the machine when inebriated, under the influence of drugs or in any other condition of physical or mental impairment. When digging or using ground engaging attachments, be aware of buried cables. To determine the location of the utilities, contact your local authorities. Pay special attention to overhead power lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage power lines may require considerable safety distances. Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause severe skin infection or injury.

Make sure that all guards and shields are in good condition and properly installed before you operate the machine. Do not operate the machine without the safety devices and guards. Do NOT allow any person or animal to enter the working area of the machine. Enter and leave the tractor using the steps and handles provided. Dirty or slippery steps, ladders, walkways and platforms can cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean and clear of debris. Always operate with the cab or roll bar correctly and securely fitted on the tractor: periodically check that the fittings are not loose and that all parts of the structure are free from any damage and deformation. Do not modify the roll bar by welding parts, drilling holes, etc., as this could adversely affect the rigidity of the structure. Never operate engine in enclosed spaces as harmful exhaust gases may build up. Before starting the machine, be sure that all controls are in neutral or park lock position.

• Do NOT use your bare hands to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or a piece of paper. • Stop the engine, remove the key and relieve the pressure before connecting or disconnecting fluid lines • Make sure all components are in good condition and tighten all connections before starting the engine or pressurizing the system. • Should hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel penetrate the skin, seek medical attention immediately. • Continuous long term contact with hydraulic fluid may case skin cancer. Avoid lengthy contact and wash the skin immediately with soap and water.

Start the engine only from the operator’s seat. Before starting the engine, make sure the handbrake is locked and that all the operating controls are in neutral. The tractor is equipped with a device to enable starting. Never disconnect the start-up safety switch. If the switch does not work correctly, contact your local dealer for any repair operations. Always keep windows, mirrors and all the lights clean to provide the best possible visibility while you operate the machine. Before you leave the machine: • Park the vehicle on a hard, level surface.

Keep well clear of all moving parts. Loose clothing, jewelry, watches, long hair, and other loose or hanging items can become entangled in moving parts. Always wear the Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) when appropriate.

• Put all controls in neutral or park lock position. • Apply the parking brake Use wheel chocks if required. • Lower all the equipment. • Turn off the engine and remove the key.

Do NOT attempt to remove the material from any part of the machine while the machine is operated or its components are running.

2-13

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules – Maintenance General maintenance safety rules Park the vehicle on a hard, level surface.

Before removing any hydraulic tubing, check that the system is not pressurised.

Keep the area used for servicing the machine clean and dry. Clean up spilled fluids. Before doing any maintenance work, carefully read the specific maintenance procedures for the components on which you are going to work. Before doing any lubrication, maintenance or technical support work on the machine: • Set all the controls into neutral. • Engage the Parking Brake. • Lower any implements connected to the machine.

Continuous lengthy contact with hydraulic fluid may case skin damage. Avoid long term contact and wash the skin promptly with soap and water. Scalding can result from incorrect removal of coolant caps. Cooling systems operate under pressure. Hot coolant can spray out if you remove a cap while the system is hot. Allow the system to cool before removing cap. When you remove the cap, turn it slowly to allow pressure to escape before you completely remove the cap. Jack or lift the machine only at jack or lift points indicated in this manual.

• Switch off the engine. • Take out the starter key. • Affix a "Do Not Operate" warning sign to a visible area of the machine. • Switch off battery. The engine, transmission, exhaust components, and hydraulic lines may become hot during operation. Take care during maintenance operation of such components. Allow surfaces to cool before you handle or disconnect hot components. Wear protective equipment where appropriate. In order to reach parts of the tractor which are up high (such as mirrors, rotating beacons, air filters, etc.), use a ladder which is certified for operations of this type. Unsupported hydraulic cylinders can lose pressure and drop the equipment, causing a crushing hazard. Do not leave equipment in a raised position while parked or during maintenance operation, unless the equipment is securely supported.

Towing procedures carried out incorrectly can cause accidents. When towing a disabled machine follow the procedure in this manual. Use only rigid drawbars. Replace damage or worn tubes, hoses, wiring harness, etc. Make sure that all the components are in good condition. Tighten all connections before you start the engine or pressurize the system. Never carry out welding on damaged components. Any damaged components must be replaced with genuine replacement parts. Do not perform welding on the wheel rims, wheel discs, protective frame, or cab. Do not attempt to clean, lubricate, clear obstructions, or make adjustments to the machine while it is in motion or while the engine is running.

Pressurised fluids coming out can cause serious injuries. Therefore, when looking for leaks use the appropriate safety equipment: screens, safety glasses and gloves.

Install guards and shields after maintenance operation on the machine.

If hydraulic fluid or diesel penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately.

Make sure that the work area is free of tools, parts, other persons, and pets before you operate the machine.

Do not use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper.

2-14

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Wheels and tires Wheels and tires • the tread, which should wear uniformly.

The tire must be replaced by qualified personnel with suitable tools and adequate technical skills. Wheels or tires replaced by unqualified personnel may result in serious injury, damage to the tires and/or deformation of the wheels. Always have a qualified tire mechanic service wheels and tires.

Have the tires checked by a specialist if one or more of the problems mentioned above should occur.

Tires are heavy. Handling tires without proper equipment could cause death or serious injury.

Cracks on the walls, sometimes accompanied by bulges, are a sign of ageing.

DO NOT perform welding on the wheel rims, wheel discs, protective frame, or cab.

Tires fitted on tractors which are not used for extended periods tend to age more rapidly than those used more frequently. In this event, it is advisable to raise the tractor from the ground and protect the tires from direct sunlight.

When changing tires, select suitable tires for the actual tractor use, taking account of the recommended combinations. Make sure that tires are correctly inflated. Do not exceed any recommended load or pressure. Follow the instructions in the manual for proper tire inflation. Do not exceed the speeds shown on the tires, as this both overheats and causes premature tire wear. After fitting tires, check that the wheel nuts are tight after three hours in operation. Do not stand tires on hydrocarbons (oil, diesel, grease, etc.).

• the walls, which must not have cracks, bulges or abrasions.

Do not use tires ballasted with liquid when driving on roads. If using a solution of calcium chloride for filling the tires with liquid ballast. • SLOWLY add the calcium chloride flakes to the water, stirring continuously. • To avoid a violent reaction, NEVER add water to the calcium chloride. • If the flakes should come into contact with the eyes, wash the eyes immediately with clean, cold, running water for at least 15 minutes. Consult a doctor promptly.

The tires fitted on the tractor must be checked periodically, with special care given to:

2-15

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Explosions and fires Fire and explosion prevention Fuel and oil that is leaked or spilled on hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire. Crop material, branches, debris, bird nests, or flammable material can ignite on contact with hot surfaces Remove branches and debris from the machine at least once a day and always at the end of the working day, especially from the areas surrounding the hot components such as the engine, the transmission, the exhaust, the battery, etc. Depending on the working environment and conditions, more frequent cleaning may be necessary.

Inspect the electrical system for loose connections and frayed insulation. To repair or replace loose or damaged parts, contact your authorized dealer. Do not store oily rags or other flammable material on the machine. Never perform welding or flame cutting on the cab, protective frame, wheel rims, or wheel discs. Do not expose the machine to flames, brushwood fires, or explosives.

Always keep a fire extinguisher on the machine or in the immediate vicinity of the machine.

Use a non-flammable solvent to clean the parts of the tractor.

Make sure that the fire extinguisher(s) is maintained and serviced according to the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

Promptly investigate any unusual smells or odors that may occur during operation of the machine.

2-16

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Fire extinguisher Fire extinguisher Only operate your tractor when an approved fire extinguisher is installed. The correct position for the fire extinguisher is shown on the sticker on the tractor. Never alter its position or remove it. Make sure to only install a suitable, approved fire extinguisher. Ensure to replace it or have it checked or refilled after every usage and/or date of expiry according to manufacturer’s maintenance prescriptions. It is not intended for use on an out−of−control fire, such as one which has reached the ceiling, or the operator ; it is meant only to help you To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure,proceed as follows: • Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve.

• The needle will go from the green area to ”0” in the red area. • Rescrew the pressure gauge on the valve. The needle will go from ”0” in the red area to the green area. Using the fire extinguisher • Operate the extinguisher from a safe distance. • Pull the Pin at the top of the extinguisher. • Aim at the base of the fire, not the flames. • Squeeze the lever slowly. Pressing the lever dispenses the extinguishing agent. Releasing the lever stops the supply of extinguishing agent. • Using a sweeping motion, crossways, move the fire extinguisher back and forth until the fire is completely out. • Check for re-ignition of fire.

2-17

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules – Battery General safety regulations for the battery Always wear eye protection when you work on the batteries.

Keep out of reach of children and other unauthorized persons.

Do not create sparks or have open flame near a battery.

Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing.

Ventilate when charging or using in enclosed area. Antidote (in case of external contact): The negative terminal (-) must be disconnected first and reconnected last.

• Rinse with water. Antidotes (eyes):

Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery. To start the engine with auxiliary batteries or jumper wires, follow the steps outlined in the operator's manual. Do not short across terminals.

• Rinse with water for 15 minutes. • Consult a doctor immediately. Antidote (if swallowed):

When you store and handle the batteries, follow the manufacturer's instructions.

• Drink large quantities of water or milk.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead or lead compounds. Wash your hands after maintenance operations.

• Seek medical attention immediately.

• Do not induce vomiting.

2-18

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Instructor seat Instructional seat safety regulation • The machine should be driven only at slow speeds and over level ground.

Passengers are not permitted to ride on the machine. The instructional seat is to be used only when training a new operator or when a service technician is diagnosing a problem. When required for the purposes of training or diagnostics, only one person may accompany the operator, and that person must be seated in the instructional seat.

• Avoid driving on highways or public roads. • Avoid quick starts or stops. • Avoid sharp turns. • Always wear correctly adjusted seat belts. • Keep doors closed at all times.

When the instructional seat is occupied, the following precautions must be followed:

2-19

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Passenger seat Safety instructions for the passenger seat A folding passenger seat is available for some markets where local legislation permits. The presence of a passenger is permissible for road use, while for working in the field the seat should be used by an instructor for training new operators or by service technicians for fault diagnosis and checking problems.

• Machine should be driven only at slow speeds and over level ground. • Avoid quick starts or stops. • Avoid sharp turns. • Always wear correctly adjusted seat belts. • Keep door closed at all times.

When the instructional seat is occupied, the following precautions must be followed:

2-20

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Operator presence system Operator presence system Your machine is equipped with an operator presence system to prevent the use of some features while the operator is not in the operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s seat.

If the operator presence system is inoperable, then it must be repaired.

Never disconnect or bypass the operator presence system.

2-21

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Power Take-Off (PTO) Power Take-Off (PTO) PTO driven machinery can cause death or serious injury. Before you work on or near the PTO shaft or service or clear the driven machine, put the PTO lever in the disengage position, stop the engine, and remove the key. To avoid death or serious injury to the operator or anyone nearby, DO NOT remove the PTO guard.

When you use the Power Take-Off, and especially when you change speeds, always make sure that the tractor is fitted with the correct shaft for the speed selected. Before you use the PTO, ensure that there are no people or objects in the work area.

Do not wear loose clothing when you use PTO-driven equipment. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

2-22

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Reflectors and warning lights Reflectors and warning lights You must use flashing amber warning lights when you operate equipment on public roads.

2-23

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Seat belts Seat belts Seat belts must be worn at all times.

• Check that the bolts securing the belts are tight.

Seat belt inspection and maintenance

• Keep the belts in a good state of repair.

• Keep the seat belts in good condition.

• Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water. Do not use any other detergents so as not to weaken them.

• Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage away from the belts. • Inspect all seat belt parts for wear and/or damage. Replace all parts that have damage or wear.

2-24

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules Operator protective structure Operator protective structure Definition of cab category 1 The cab meets the requirements defined in EN 15695−1. This means that the air delivery and filtration system does not provide a specified level of protection against hazardous substances, but does provide protection from external atmospheric conditions (e.g. rain, wind, snow, etc).

devices and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) also when inside the cab and, particularly, on tractors without a cab. Although the air delivery system cannot offer full protection, partial protection can be achieved by following some basic rules: • Always use PPE and protective clothing.

Definition of cab category 2 The cab meets the requirements defined in EN 15695−1. This means that the air delivery and filtration system provides protection against dust and that the minimum differential pressure is ensured. Necessary filtered fresh air flow rate can be obtained using the air-conditioning system and setting the fan on maximum speed, provided that doors, windows, and hatches are closed. The cab category 1 does not guarantee a full protection against dust, aerosols, and vapors. The cab category 2 provides protection against dust. For application of plant protection products (e.g. pesticides, fungicides, herbicides, etc.), please refer to the instructions provided by the supplier of the chemical agent as well as instructions provided by the sprayer's manufacturer. Use the special

• Keep doors, windows, and hatches closed during the spraying operation. • Keep the cab interior clean. • Do not enter the cab with contaminated shoes and/or clothing. • Keep all used PPE outside the cab. • Bring the wire harness of the remote sprayer control box into the tractor cab. • Use only genuine filters and ensure that the filter is correctly installed. • Check the condition of the sealing material and filters, replacing them if damaged.

2-25

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operator protections Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) Non-removable roll-over protective structure DANGER Crushing hazard! Do not change the Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) in any way. Unauthorized changes such as welding, drilling, or cutting will weaken the ROPS and decrease your protection. Have an authorized dealer replace the ROPS if damage of any kind occurs. DO NOT TRY TO REPAIR THE ROPS. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0037A

WARNING Roll-over hazard! After an accident, fire, tip over, or roll over, a qualified technician MUST replace the Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) before returning the machine to the field or job site operation. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0134A

The roll-over protective structure (ROPS) (1) is non-removable and cannot be bent under any circumstances..

ANIL18TRO1371AA

ANIL18TRO1372AA

The presence of decal 51441668 indicates that the roll bar is not removable.

2-26

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

NOTE: if is necessary it can be folded backwards during the transportation or if the tractor it is in storage period. It Is necessary using a tool to fold the Roll Over Protection Structure (ROPS)

ANIL18TRO1373AA

Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) Non-removable roll-over protective structure This tractor is provided with either a ROPS structure or a ROPS cab, offering protection against roll over related hazards. In addition, always consider the following precautions: • Do not use the tractor beyond its limits of terrain gradient and stability. Using the tractor beyond these limits may result in roll- over or a tip-over. Observe the recommendations in this manual and pay particular attention when going down steep hills in a loaded condition. • Do not drive the tractor on or near the edge of ditches, canals, dykes, or embankments with ground that is unstable or dug out by rodents. The tractor may sink sideways and roll over. • Do not use the tractor on unstable bridge heads and poor bridge floors. These constructions may collapse and cause the tractor to roll over. Always inspect the condition and carrying capacity of bridges and ramps before crossing. • Always use the seat belt when operating the tractor. The ROPS cab or ROPS structure will only be fully effective when the driver remains attached to their seat. • Do not use the tractor beyond the respective limits of dynamic stability. High speed, abrupt maneuvers, and fast and tight cornering will increase the risk of roll over. • Do not use the tractor for pulling work, in cases where you do not know whether the load will yield, for instance, when pulling stumps. The tractor may flip over backwards if the stump does not yield. • Be extremely cautious when working with the tractor on forage silos without side concrete walls. Dual wheels or a wide track setting may improve the sideways stability of the tractor. • Be cautious that the center of gravity of the tractor may increase when loads on the front-end loader or the three-point linkage are raised. In these conditions, the tractor may roll over earlier than expected.

Do not attach any device to the protective structure for pulling purposes. Do not drill holes into the protective structure. The protective structure and interconnecting components are a certified system. Any damage, fire, corrosion, or modification will weaken the structure and reduce your protection. If this occurs, the protective structure must be replaced so that it will provide the same protection as a new protective structure. Contact your dealer for protective structure inspection and replacement. After an accident, fire, tip or roll over, the following must be performed by a qualified technician before returning the machine to field or job site operation • The protective structure must be replaced. • The mounting or suspension for the Protective Structure, operator seat and suspension, seat belts and mounting components and wiring within the operator’s protective system must be carefully inspected for damage. • All damaged parts must be replaced. Do not weld, drill holes, attempt to straighten or repair the protective structure. Modification in any way can reduce the structural integrity of the structure which could cause death or serious injury in the event of fire, tip, roll over collision or accident.

Falling Objects Protective Structure (FOPS) A FOPS-certified cab provides protection against falling objects according to OECD code 10 standard. It is recommended to use a certified FOPS when you work with front-end loaders or in forestry applications. A cab that is not FOPS-certified offers insufficient protection against falling rocks, bricks, or pieces of concrete. The FOPS level on your tractor cab is certified according to OECD CODE 10.

2-27

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Installation and working with a front-end General precautions to be followed when loader on tractors equipped with a cab working with a front-end loader Do not use the front-end loader without taking precautions against falling objects. Please consider the following precautions when working with a front-end loader: • Do not lift the front-end loader to a height from which objects may fall or roll on the driver. • Use always the correct attachment (grab forks, buckets, etc) for the specific task to perform and ensure that the load is securely kept in place. • Install only a front-end loader with a parallel guidance system and use it all the time; this system will ensure that the load in the bucket will remain horizontal, regardless of the height of the lifting booms.

• Do not allow bystanders in the maneuvering zone of the tractor that is equipped with a front−end loader. Do not allow bystanders to stand near or under the lifted bucket of a front-end loader. • Do not use the front-end loader as a lift for persons for activities that must be done at a certain height (for example, cleaning eaves). • Do not use the front-end loader in an area with overhead power lines. In case of contact with overhead power lines, jump from the tractor without making simultaneous contact between the tractor and the ground. When possible, disconnect the power lines from the grounds.

Operator Protective Structures (OPS)

Installation and working with a front-end This tractor is not provided with an OPS. Carefully read loader on tractors without a cab the following important information, especially when It is not recommended to install a front-end loader on a tractor without a cab, that cannot offer a minimum protection against falling objects. Strictly observe the following precautionary warnings: • Do not lift the front-end loader to a height from which objects may fall or roll on the driver. • Use always the correct attachment (grab forks, buckets, etc) for the specific task to perform and ensure that the load is securely kept in place. • Install only a front-end loader with a parallel guidance system and use it all the time; this system will ensure that the load in the bucket will remain horizontal, regardless of the height of the lifting booms.

working in a forestry environment.

Forestry applications This tractor is not designed for heavy forestry applications. Usage is prohibited unless a certified FORESTRY KIT is installed. Contact your dealer to verify whether a forestry kit exists for this tractor model. Only a forestry specific kit will provide necessary protection against falling trees. Protection against penetrating objects (OPS) can be obtained only by fitting a specific KIT. Contact your dealer to verify whether an OPS-certified KIT is available for your tractor.

• If available, install a FOPS or ask the supplier of the front-end to install either a FOPS-certified structure on main ROPS or at least a minimal structure offering partial protection from falling objects (e.g. a “suncanopy”).

2-28

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - HVAC system Air-conditioning system The air-conditioning system is under high pressure. Do not disconnect any lines. The release of high pressure can cause serious injury.

Only trained service technicians can service, repair, or recharge the air-conditioning system.

The air-conditioning system contains gases that are harmful to the environment when released into the atmosphere. Do not attempt to service or repair the system.

2-29

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is any equipment intended to be put on and kept by the worker for protection against one or more risks at work, liable to threaten safety or health during work, as well as all the complements or accessories intended for this purpose. PPE must be used when, in spite of the risk being reduced to a minimum at source, there are however risks that cannot be eliminated and therefore it becomes nec-

essary and obligatory when there are so-called "residual" risks. When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.

2-30

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - "Do not use" sign "Do not use" sign Before you start servicing the machine, attach a "Do Not Use" warning sign to the machine in an area that will be visible.

2-31

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Hazardous chemicals Hazardous chemicals If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous chemicals, you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, cooling liquids, etc. required for the machine's operation can be harmful. They may be attractive and harmful to domestic animals as well as humans. The materials safety data sheets (MSDS) provide information on the chemical substances contained in a product, on the methods of safe storage and handling and on the first aid procedures to follow should such a product get accidentally spilled. MSDS are available from your dealer. Before doing any maintenance work, read the materials safety data sheets (MSDS) for each single lubricant, liquid, etc. used on the machine. This information indicates the associated risks and will help you service the machine safely. Follow the information in the MSDS, on manufac-

turer containers, as well as the information in this manual when servicing the machine. Dispose of all fluids, filters, and containers in an environmentally safe manner according to local laws and regulations. Check with local environmental and recycling centers or your dealer for correct disposal information. Store fluids and filter in accordance with local laws and regulations. Use only appropriate containers for the storage of chemicals or petrochemical substances. Keep out of reach of children or other unauthorized persons. Further precautions are necessary for the applied chemical substances. Before using chemical substances, ask the producer or retailer for detailed information.

2-32

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Near utilities Utility safety When digging or using ground engaging equipment, be aware of buried cables or other utilities. Contact your local utilities or authorities, as appropriate, to determine the locations of services. Make sure the machine has sufficient clearance to pass in all directions. Pay special attention to overhead power lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage lines may require significant clearance for safety. Contact local authorities or utilities to obtain safe clearance distances from high voltage power lines. Retract raised or extended components, if necessary. Remove or lower radio antennas or other accessories.

• Stop the machine movement immediately. • Apply the park brake, stop the engine, and remove the key. • Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual position without contact with electrical wires. If not, stay in your position and call for help. • If you can leave your position without touching lines, jump clear of the machine to make sure that you do not make contact with the ground and the machine at the same time. • Do not permit anyone to touch the machine until power has been shut off to the power lines.

Should contact occur between the machine and an electric power source, the following precautions must be taken:

2-33

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - In the event of electrical storms Electrical storm safety Do no operate machine during an electrical storm. If you are on the ground during an electrical storm, stay away from machinery and equipment. Seek shelter in a permanent, protected structure.

If an electrical storm should strike during operation, remain in the cab. Do not leave cab or operator's platform. Do not make contact with the ground or objects outside the machine.

2-34

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Mounting and dismounting the machine Mounting and dismounting Mount and dismount the machine only at designated locations that have hand-holds, steps, or ladders.

Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and handholds. Never mount or dismount from a moving machine.

Do not jump off of the machine. NOTICE: except in the event that parts of the machine come into contact with high-voltage electrical wires. Make sure that steps, ladders, and platforms remain clean and clear of debris and foreign substances. Injury may result from slippery surfaces.

Only use the steps and the ladders to mount or dismount the tractor when the tractor is stationary. Never stand on the steps or the ladders when the tractor is moving. Do not use the steering wheel or other controls or accessories as hand-holds when entering or exiting the cab or operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s platform.

Face the machine when you mount and dismount the machine.

2-35

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Lifting and overhead loads Lifting and overhead loads

Do not used any raised equipment as a work platform.

Buckets, forks or other loader equipment or equipment for lifting, handling or digging together with the load change the machine's centre of gravity. This can cause the machine to tip over on slopes or uneven ground.

Locate the entire area for handling the machine and equipment and do not allow anyone to access this area while the machine is running.

Hanging loads can fall off the loader bucket or lifting equipment and crush the operator. Be extremely careful when you lift a load. Use the correct lifting equipment.

Do not allow anyone to access the area below suspended equipment or stand there. Equipment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and crush anyone underneath

Do not lift loads to any greater height than necessary. Lower loads to transport. Remember to keep an appropriate clearance from the ground or other obstacles.

Do not leave equipment in a raised position while the machine is parked or during service, unless securely supported. Should it be necessary to keep the hydraulic cylinders in a raised position, for maintenance work or for access, lock them mechanically or support them.

The equipment and loads carried can obstruct visibility and cause an accident. Do not operate the machine in conditions of poor visibility.

Never use buckets, forks, or any other loader equipment or lifting, handling or digging equipment to lift persons.

2-36

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Front end loader Front end loader Apply only the bucket on the loader. Other applications are allowed only if approved beforehand by CASE IH. Consult your dealer.

Never allow anyone to arrive under the loader shovel or to reach the shovel by means of the lift arms when the loader is raised.

Improper use of the loader may cause serious personal injury or death.

Do not walk or work with a loader with the bucket raised, or an attachment, unless it is firmly blocked or held in position.

Carefully read the information given before using the tractor with the loader. Lack of experience and knowledge may cause accidents. Operate the tractor and the loader only if you are sitting correctly in the driver's seat.

Accidental operation of a control lever or leakages in the hydraulic system could cause the main frame to drop quickly or could cause the implement to unload, resulting in serious personal injury or death. Avoid contact with overhead electric wires and with obstacles when the loader is raised. Contact with electric wires may cause risk of electrocution.

It is recommended to use the tractor and loader with a protective frame or cab. The overturning of a tractor without a protective frame or cab may cause death or serious injuries. If the tractor is not provided with a protective structure and seat belts, consult your dealer.

Ensure that all of the dismantled loaders are on a stable surface.

Add the recommended ballast and/or the rear weight to obtain good stability.

Do not repair, remove or replace the parts of the loader while it is in parked position.

Move the tractor at low speed.

Do not use the loader for shifting loads with large dimensions (bales of hay, tree trunks, etc.) without suitable accessories. Improper use of the loader for managing and removing heavy objects must be avoided.

Never use the loader to lift or transport people in the bucket, on the frame, or on the tool. If a person falls from the tractor or from the loader during transportation or operation, this may cause serious personal injury or death.

2-37

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Ecology and the environment Soil, air, and water quality is important for all industries and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment of some of the substances that advanced technology requires, sound judgment should govern the use and disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature. Familiarize yourself with the relative legislation applicable to your country, and make sure that you understand this legislation. Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti-freeze, cleaning agents, etc., with regard to the effect of these substances on man and nature and how to safely store, use, and dispose of these substances. Your CASE IH dealer can also provide assistance.

Battery recycling Batteries and electric accumulators contain several substances that can have a harmful effect on the environment if the batteries are not properly recycled after use. Improper disposal of batteries can contaminate the soil, groundwater, and waterways. CASE IH strongly recommends that you return all used batteries to a CASE IH dealer, who will dispose of the used batteries or recycle the used batteries properly. In some countries, this is a legal requirement.

Helpful hints • Avoid the use of cans or other inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems to fill tanks. Such delivery systems may cause considerable spillage. • In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of these products contain substances that may be harmful to your health. • Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems. • Avoid spillage when you drain fluids such as used engine coolant mixtures, engine oil, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store all drained fluids safely until you can dispose of the fluids in a proper way that complies with all local legislation and available resources. • Do not allow coolant mixtures to get into the soil. Collect and dispose of coolant mixtures properly. • Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases that should not be released into the atmosphere. Your CASE IH dealer or air-conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and can recharge the system properly. • Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling system or hydraulic system immediately.

NHIL14GEN0038AA

Mandatory battery recycling NOTE: The following requirements are mandatory in Brazil. Batteries are made of lead plates and a sulfuric acid solution. Because batteries contain heavy metals such as lead, CONAMA Resolution 401/2008 requires you to return all used batteries to the battery dealer when you replace any batteries. Do not dispose of batteries in your household garbage. Points of sale are obliged to: • Accept the return of your used batteries • Store the returned batteries in a suitable location • Send the returned batteries to the battery manufacturer for recycling

• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.

2-38

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Noise level The noise levels have been measured according to the following EU regulations: â&#x20AC;˘ Regulation (EU) 1322/2014 - annex XIII - test method 2 (measured inside, at the operator's ear). â&#x20AC;˘ Regulation (EU) 96/2015 - annex III. (measured outside). Noise level at operator's ear - Tractors without cab Noise level 82 dB (A) Noise level at operator's ear - Tractors without cab or roof Noise level 85 dB (A) Noise level at operator's ear - Tractors with cab Noise level Closed cab 75 dB (A)

Cab open 76 dB (A)

External noise level Noise level Tractor moving 80 dB (A)

Tractor in standstill 78 dB (A)

The test has been carried out at 2390 RPM.

2-39

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Vibration levels Hazards related to vibration exposure WARNING Machine vibration caused by improper machine maintenance could injure an operator. Make sure the machine is in good condition and that the service interval work has been carried out correctly to minimize the risk caused by machine vibrations. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0042A

NOTE: the vibration level of the whole body depends on several parameters. Some of these parameters are machinerelated, others are related to the terrain or surface on which you use the machine, while many others are specifically driver-related. The properties of the track or field surface and the driving speed will be the predominant parameters. Machine vibrations cause discomfort to the operator and in some cases his health and safety may be at risk. • Make sure the machine is in good condition and that the service interval work has been carried out correctly. • Check the tire pressure, check the efficiency of the steering, and check the efficiency of the brakes. • Check that the operator’s seat and adjustment controls are in good condition and then adjust the seat to suit the operator’s size and weight. • Operate all the controls so that the machine works smoothly and gradually and adapt your driving to suit the working conditions. • When driving, adjust the speed and slow down when necessary. NOTE: for more information about the vibrations that agricultural tractors transmit to the whole body, Whole Body Vibration (WBV), refer to dedicated publications and relevant local regulations. To correctly estimate the statistical values based on your everyday activity, use a triaxial seat accelerometer to make measurements. In compliance with EU standard 1322/2014 - annex XIV, the table below gives the vibration levels measured for the seats mounted on the tractor. Seat model / type 33/SM80X T300 SC88-M97/3

Level of vibration* measured on (test mass) Operator of light build Operator of heavy build 1.08 m/s² (3.54 ft/s²) 0.74 m/s² (2.43 ft/s²) 1.18 m/s² (3.87 ft/s²) 0.82 m/s² (2.69 ft/s²) 1.21 m/s² (3.97 ft/s²) 1.05 m/s² (3.44 ft/s²)

* Corrected weighted vibration acceleration

2-40

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Machine stability WARNING Driving hazard! To prevent machine instability, ALWAYS consider and follow the machine stability requirements in this manual. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0452A

The following procedure describes the requirements for machine stability and how to calculate the required frontmounted and rear-mounted ballast. For additional ballast information, also refer to the ballast recommendations in this manual. For the maximum permitted operating weights, refer to the vehicle weights in this manual. The following procedure and calculation is based on a machine on even ground.

WARNING Roll-over hazard! ALWAYS be aware of the effect of inclines and steep hills on machine stability. Operating, handling, and braking performance may be affected. Adjust ballast and driving speed accordingly to ensure stable and accurate steering, and to ensure the required brake performance in critical situations. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0444A

2-41

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Necessary data to evaluate stability

SS11D001

Legend MT

MF MR a

Mass of the unladen tractor = Tractor with standard equipment, minimum fuel, no weights or liquid ballast, no operator, and single wheel equipment Front axle load of unladen tractor Rear axle load of unladen tractor Distance, Center Of Gravity (COG) front load to front axle center

To get this value refer to: This manual

This Manual This Manual Manual of the equipment or your measurement b Wheelbase This Manual c Distance, rear axle center to lower hitch point of three-point linkage This Manual or your measurement d Distance, COG rear load to lower hitch point of three-point linkage Manual of the equipment or your measurement e Distance, rear axle center to COG of mass of the unladen tractor Calculate using formula on the (MT) following pages BF Mass of front-mounted equipment or front-mounted ballast Manual of the equipment or your measurement BR Mass of rear-mounted equipment or rear-mounted ballast Manual of the equipment or to measurement MPTmax Maximum permissible mass of the laden tractor This manual MPFmax Maximum permissible front axle load This manual MPRmax Maximum permissible rear axle load This manual 1. Equipment weight together with its filling must be added to laden values (seed drills, fertilizer spreaders, etc.). 2. Ballasting weight in the center of the front or rear tires, either solid or liquid, must be added to MF, MR, and MT. 3. In case of an unbalanced trailer, the value c is the distance between the center of the rear axle and the hitching point, the value d is 0, and BR is the vertical load of the trailer on the hitch.

2-42

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Constant parameters 0.2

0.45

Minimum ratio: actual axle load of laden front axle/ mass of the unladen tractor Minimum ratio: actual axle load of laden rear axle/ mass of the unladen tractor

Legal requirement Legal requirement

Required front ballast To calculate BFr Ballast required at the front when carrying a load BR at the rear CALCULATION OF BFr MT*e = MF*b e = (MF*b)/MT BR*(c+d) - (MT *e) + (MPF *b) = BFr*(a+b) MPF > 0.2*MT MPF value must be higher than 0.2*MT BFr>[BR*(c+d- (MF*b)+(0.2*MT*b)]/(a+b)

Required rear ballast To calculate BRr Ballast required at the rear when carrying a load BF at the front SS09J017

CALCULATION OF BRr MT*b (b- e) = MR*b BF*a - MT *(b- e)+ (MPR*b) = BRr*(b+c+d) MPR > 0.45*MT MPR value must be higher than 0.45*MT BRr> [(BF*a) - (MR *b)+(0.45 *MT *b)]/(b+c+d)

Axle load limits To calculate: MPF MPR MPT

MPF < MPFmax MPR < MPRmax MPT < MPTmax

CALCULATION OF MPF (MPF*B) - BF*(A + B) - (MT*E)+ BR*(C + D) MPF = [BF *(A+B)+ (MF*B) - BR*(C+D)]/B < MPFmax CALCULATION OF MPT MPT = BF + MT + BR < MPTmax CALCULATION OF MPR MRT = MPT - MPF < MPRmax

2-43

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Towing the tractor for recovery The tractor must only be towed for short distances, for example from inside a building to the outside. Towing on public roads is permitted only for short distances useful to restore safe conditions and normal movement of other vehicles. Only tow at safe speeds. Use caution when making corners or meeting traffic. Tow the tractor from the rear, using only the drawbar, the rear tow hitch or the three-point linkage device.

Do not use chains, cables or ropes to tow the machine. If the chain, cable or rope break or slip, they can strike with force. Use only rigid drawbars or tow bars for towing the machine. Make sure you use a towing vehicle with adequate weight. Towing with an underweight vehicle could cause a loss of control during transport or braking To avoid damaging the transmission or other components that turn but are not lubricated during towing, observe the following:

Tow the tractor from the front using the tow pin in the front ballast weights or front support.

• Position all the levers in neutral.

Have an operator steer and brake the tractor when necessary.

• Keep speed below 8 km/h (5 mph).

During towing operations, only the operator must be on the machine. Make sure that no one is on the machine or in the working area of the machine.

• Only tow for short distances. • If possible, run the engine to provide lubrication and power steering.

2-44

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Emergency escape from cab In an emergency, if the cab doors are blocked, use the rear window as an emergency exit. There is a decal on it indicating that the rear window is an emergency exit. To break the rear window in an emergency use the hammer (1) located on the rear right corner pillar.

MOIL16TR03490AA

2-45

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wheel chocks DANGER Unexpected machine movement! When using implements that require the tractor to be stationary with the engine running, keep the gear, range, and reverse levers in the neutral position, and apply the handbrake and the parking brake (if equipped). For added security, use suitable wheel chocks. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0089A

CAUTION Unexpected machine movement! When the machine is parked and the engine is switched off, the parking brake must be applied. Use wheel chocks if parking on a steep slope. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. C0014A

Place the chocks (1) in front or behind one of the rear wheels, depending on the direction with respect to the slope. When the chock is resting in its seat, check it is locked with its locking hook (2).

MOIL12TRO0125AA

DCAPLT5NE023S2A

NOTICE: Pay attention when fitting the chock under the wheel so as not to get your hands crushed between the folding metal parts.

2-46

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Personal safety WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury! Only use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you are moving. Always check the rigging equipment each day for damaged or missing parts. Make sure other workers or bystanders are not under the load while it is moving. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0205A

WARNING Jack stands can slip or fall over. Dropping, tipping, or slipping of machine or its components is possible. DO NOT work under a vehicle supported by jack stands only. Park machine on a level surface. Block wheels. Support machine with safety stands. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0069A

WARNING Unexpected machine movement! If you are supporting any wheel(s) of a four-wheel drive machine on a stand, NEVER attempt to start the engine or rotate a wheel. The wheels could move, causing the machine to fall from the stand. Instead, support all wheels so they are just clear of the ground. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0429A

DCAPLT5NE019S2E

To lift the tractor use only the points shown in the figure. ALWAYS raise only the back or the front, NEVER both together. ALWAYS put chocks in front of the wheels of the axle that is not to be lifted.

2-47

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

The cab is burning proof certified.

Only operate your tractor when an approved fire extinguisher is installed.

FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION

WARNING

Remove all litter or debris from the machine each day; especially check the engine area and exhaust system Sparks or flame can cause the hydrogen gas in a battery to explode. o prevent an explosion observe the following precautions:

Avoid injury and/or machine damage! Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in good condition through routine maintenance and service according to the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

• When disconnecting the battery cables, disconnect the negative (–) cable first; when connecting the battery cables, connect the negative (–) cable last.. • When connecting jumper cables to start the engine, use the procedure shown in this manual (see Auxiliary Battery connections in this manual). • Do not weld, grind or smoke near a battery. Sparks from the electrical system or engine exhaust can cause an explosion and fire. Before you operate this machine in an area with flammable dust or vapors, use good ventilation to remove the flammable dust or vapors. • Do not short circuit the battery terminals with a metal object. • Use a non flammable cleaning solvent when cleaning parts on the machine. • Keep the cooling system clean and maintain the correct coolant level. • Make sure that you DO NOT store oily rags or other flammable materials on the machine. • Engine fuel can cause an explosion or fire. Do not fill the fuel tank with the engine running; if you are near an open fire; or if you are welding, smoking, etc. • If the machine has an oil, fuel or hydraulic leak, always repair the leak and clean the area before operating.

W1160A

To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure, proceed as follows: 1. Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve. 2. The needle will go from the green area to “0” in thered area. 3. Rescrew the pressure gauge on the valve. The needle will go from “0” in the red field to the greenfield. • Operate the extinguisher from a safe distance. • Pull the Pin at the top of the extinguisher. • Aim at the base of the fire, not the flames. • Squeeze the lever slowly. This will release the extinguishing agent; extinguishing agent; If the handle is released, the discharge will stop • Sweep from side to side. Using a sweeping motion, move the fire extinguisher back and forth until the fire is completely out. • Check for re–ignition of fire.

• Check the electrical system for loose connections or frayed insulation.

000280

2-48

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Burn prevention WARNING Hot surface possible! Wait for all components to cool before performing any operation. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0251A

CAUTION Hot area! Use care when working near hot components. Wear protective gloves. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. C0034A

WARNING Burn hazard! Be very careful to avoid contact with hot fluids. If fluid is extremely hot, allow it to cool to a moderately warm temperature before proceeding. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0362A

CAUTION Burn hazard! During the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration process the exhaust stack and fixed hood area becomes extremely hot. Allow area to cool before servicing or working near the exhaust system components. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. C0102B

There are parts on the tractor whose outside surfaces reach high temperatures with the consequent danger of burns by contact with the skin. The hot parts of farm tractors that may pose a potential burn risk comprise: 1. The exhaust system (manifold, silencer, etc.). 2. Parts of the engine. 3. The gearbox and clutch housing. 4. The hydraulic distributors. 5. Pipes carrying hot fluids. 6. The air compressor. Wherever possible, guards have been installed to prevent direct contact between the operator and the hot areas. For other parts that for reasons of construction and operation cannot be protected, it is necessary to take the due safety precautions and use the appropriate personal protective equipment for the type of work to be carried out.

2-49

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Getting in and out of the machine Getting in and out of the machine WARNING Fall hazard! Jumping on or off the machine could cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the handrails and steps, and get on or off slowly. Maintain a three-point contact to avoid falling: both hands on the handrails and one foot on the step, or one hand on the handrail and both feet on the steps. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0141A

Get on and off the machine only by using the specific accesses equipped with a handrail, steps or ladder. Do not jump off the machine. Check that the steps, ladders and platforms remain clean and clear of debris and foreign matter. Slippery areas can be a cause of accidents. Never get on or off the machine while in movement. Do not use the steering wheel or any other controls or accessories as a handrail when getting into or out of the cab.

DCUTLNEIT052S3A

2-50

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

EMERGENCY EXIT Emergency Exit In an emergency, if the cab doors are blocked, use the rear window as an emergency exit. There is a decal on it indicating that the rear window is an emergency exit. To break the rear window in an emergency, use the hammer (1) located on the rear right corner pillar,

00004

2-51

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

INTENDED USE STATEMENT INTENDED USE OF YOUR TRACTOR

and speed of the PTO shaft on the tractors are matching those of the equipment.

Your tractor is designed according to European directives related to health and safety risks; though it has been designed to minimize all the potential risks it is mandatory to carefully read, understand and observe all the decals and labels and to always refer to information and prescriptions outlined in this manual to prevent all residual potential risks. In case you may need further assistance please do not hesitate to contact your dealer. Your machine is designed and made to pull, to carry and to power a variety of mounted or towed equipment, although within some physical limits. The working speed and performance may depend on a number of various parameters, such as weather and terrain conditions. Though the machine is designed to perform in combination with a variety of equipment, there may be a number of combinations of above parameters, for which there is severe degradation of performance of the machine and/or its mounted or trailed equipment. If you notice degradation of performance, contact your dealer for assistance, he may have useful information for improvements, or a kit may be available to enhance the performance. Please carefully read and consider following precautions: • Do not use this machine for any purpose or in any manner other than described in the manual, decals, or other product safety information provided with the machine. These materials define the machine's intended use. • Do not use the machine beyond its limits of terrain gradient and stability. Using the machine beyond these limits may result in roll over or tip over. Observe the recommendations in this manual. • Do not use the tractor on higher speeds than allowed by the load and the environment. A wet surface or other low adherence conditions may increase the braking distance or result in vehicle instability.Always adapt your traveling speed according to the load of the vehicle and the characteristics of the road • Do not use the machine near or on soft verges of canals and brooks or banks and verges that are undermined by rodents. The machine may sink sideways and roll over. • Do not use the tractor on brittle bridge – heads and poor bridge floors. These constructions may collapse and cause roll–over of the tractor. Check out always the condition and carrying capacity of bridges and ramps prior to engage. • Do not use equipment mounted on the tractor which is not correctly matching and firmly fixed. Such equipment may increase the risk for roll–over and hit the tractor when coming loose. Ensure that the dimensions of the three–point linkage interface of both the tractor and the equipment are matching according to the categories defined in ISO 730. Ensure that the dimensions

• Do not use the tractor in combination with equipment, without having consulted the specific Operator’s Manual provided with the equipment. The tractor is a universal tool to carry, tow and drive a variety of equipment. This manual alone cannot provide you with all the information required for the safe operation of the combination. • Do not use the tractor for pulling work, in cases where you do not know whether the load will yield, for instance when pulling stumps; the tractor may flip over when the stump is not yielding. • Be cautious that the centre of gravity of the tractor may increase when loads on the front–end loader or the three point linkage are raised. In these conditions, the tractor may roll–over earlier than expected. • Do not step down from the tractor without shutting down the PTO, shifting the transmission to park or neutral and applying the park brake, unless continued PTO operation is required for some equipment, such as pumps or wood chippers. The latter equipment may have an emergency stop device on the equipment itself, as human intervention is needed during operation. But other equipment, engaged and driven by the tractor will have no means to stop the power transmission, other than the PTO clutch of the tractor. • You shall take the necessary precautions (e.g. assistance) to always be aware of the possible presence of bystanders, certainly when manoeuvring in confined areas, such as the farm yard and sheds. Keep people away from the tractor during work. Ask bystanders to leave the field. There is not only the risk to be overrun by the tractor, but objects ejected by some equipment mounted on the tractor, such as a rotary mower, may cause harm. Stones may be thrown further than the mowed crop. Pay the necessary attention while operating next to public roads or footpaths. Thrown objects can get projected outside the field and hit unprotected people like bikers or pedestrians. Wait to cut the edge of the field till it is clear of bystanders. • Do not allow riders on the tractor; do not allow people standing on the access way or step to the cab when the tractor is moving.Your view to the left will be obstructed and a rider risks to fall from the tractor during unforeseen or abrupt movements • Always stay clear from implements operating area and especially do not stand between tractor and trailed vehicle either three–point linkage when operating lift controls; ensure no by standers are near to these operating areas. • Certain functions of your tractor are controlled by software and some of them are safety related. Do not attempt to modify or download software not certified and distribured by the manufacturer. Electronical settings and logics may be destroyed and seriously affect the

2-52

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

function of the tractor. This may result in unpredictable and unsafe behaviour of the tractor. Always refer to your dealer; he has the appropriate tools and data sets and owns the officially released software versions and updates for your tractor. â&#x20AC;˘ Your tractor may be equipped with a number of sensors to control safety functions. Tripping these sensors will result in a safe operation mode. Do not attempt to by pass any function on the tractor. You will be exposed to serious hazards, and moreover, the behaviour of the tractor may become unpredictable.

â&#x20AC;˘ The tractor has only one operator station and this is a one man operated vehicle. There is no need for other people on or around the tractor during normal operation. Do not allow riders on the tractor; do not allow people standing on the access way to the cab when the tractor is moving. Your view to the left will be obstructed and a rider risks to fall from the tractor during unforeseen or abrupt movements.

2-53

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

SAFETY DECALS SAFETY DECALS The decals reproduced on the following pages were installed on your tractor in the positions indicated in the drawings below. They are intended for your safety and for those working with you. Please take this Manual and walk around your tractor, noting the location of the decals and their significance. Review the decals and operating instructions detailed in this Manual with the machine operators. Keep the decals clean and legible. If they become damaged more illegible, obtain replacements from your authorised dealer.

CASE_DECALS

2-54

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

000284

1. Location: applied to the cab left internal beam . Non-compliance with the instructions provided in this Manual can lead to serious injury to the operator or bystanders. Read the instructions on pages SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

47967752

84307861

2. Location: On the left-hand upright of ROPS and inside the cab. WARNING Seat belts must be worn at all times. In the event of an overturn, hold on tightly to the steering wheel. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Do not attempt to jump out of the cab.

000286

3. Location: Left and right- hand sides of the radiator. To avoid serious injury, keep hands and clothing away from the rotating fan, belts and any other rotating parts.

000288

5. Location: Left-hand side of the radiator. Pressurised cooling system. Allow to cool then remove cap carefully. Use a cloth to slowly unscrew the cap and release the pressure before completely removing the cap.

4. Location: On the left-hand side under the bonnet. Always turn the key to OFF position before performing any intervention or service on the tractor; always refer to the Operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s manual for specific information.

2-55

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

47949804

47939464

6. Location: On tool box lid and fuel tank.

48101627_PTO

7. Location: Right and left-hand side of the front console. Do not grasp the transmission levers when mounting the tractor. Use only the hand holds provided.

A: For FARMALL 105A & FARMALL 115A models

48101626_PTO

000290

B: For FARMALL 85A & FARMALL 95A models 8. Location: Left hand side of the operator seat While operating the PTO, non-compliance with the instructions provided in this Manual can lead to serious injury to the operator or bystanders. .

2-56

9. Location: Rear window. The decal identifies emergency exit on your tractor; use glass breaker to break rear window glass.

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

000291

47949394

10. Location: On the starter motor. Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed. NEVER start engine while staying on ground. Start engine only from operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s seat, with transmission in neutral.

84270900

12. Location: (Tractors without cab) On the inner left-hand side of the rops frame.. (Tractors with cab) on the Left Hand B pillar towards the door.

11. Location: (Tractors with ROPS) On the inner right-hand side of the rops frame. 11. Location: (Tractors with CAB) On the right-hand B pillar. Wear close fitting clothing and use all the PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) appropriate devices for the job.

47967749

13. Location: (Tractors without cab) Located behind the operator seat.

2-57

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

000295

16 47939466

16. Location: Right-hand side on the rear fender 14. Location: (Tractors without cab) Top inner side of Stand clear of all moving parts and never between the the ROPS frame. Roll over hazard. Never fold back the ROPS; for towing, tractor and an implement attached. do not fasten any chains or ropes to the ROPS.

000297

47939468

17. Location: On PTO shaft guard 15. Location: (Tractors without cab) Top inner side of It warns the operator not to operate the tractor with the the ROPS frame Roll over hazard. Never fold back the ROPS; for towing, PTO shaft guard missing. do not fasten any chains or ropes to the ROPS.

ANIL16TRO2867AA

47939465

19.Location: Air conditioning compressor. WARNING Part number: 48014532 Refrigerant (HFC-134A) under pressure. Recommended refrigerant charge: 1.60 kg (3.53 lb) Global Warming Potential (GWP): 2.29 t (5048.59 lb) Service, repair, or recharging must be performed only by trained service technician. Always contact your authorized dealer. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

18. Location: right-hand side of brake system fluid container. To keep the braking system in good working order, refer to the Use and Maintenance Manual. If the red warning light on the instrument panel illuminates, there is a fault in the braking system.

2-58

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

47967447

47967754

20. Location: Right-hand side of radiator WARNING Using a starting aid on a machine equipped with a cold weather starting aid can cause an explosion. Follow the Cold Weather Starting instructions contained in this manual. DO NOT use ether or other flammable starting aids. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Part number 47967447

47948306

51441668

22. Location: Applied to the rear window. WARNING Emergency exit. The decal identifies the emergency exit on your tractor; use the hammer provided, located on the rear beam to break the rear window glass. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

21. Location: On the exhaust muffler WARNING Hot area! Use care when working near hot components. Wear protective gloves. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Part number 47967754

23. Location: Applied to the top of the ROPS guard, with non-removable roll-over protective structure. CAUTION Roll over hazard. For towing, do not fix chains or ropes to the ROPS guard. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. Part Number: 51441668

2-59

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

GUARDS SAFETY COVERS AND GUARDS The tractor is fitted with covers and guards for the personal safety of the operator and other people when working.

DANGER Moving parts! Install all covers, panels, and guards after servicing or cleaning the machine. Never operate the machine with covers, panels, or guards removed. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0119A

HOOD - Fig. 1

00617

000298

The hood (1) covers the engineâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s moving parts. It must be closed before the engine is started and the tractor is used.

FAN GUARD â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Fig. 2 Both sides of the fan have guards (1). The guard shown protects the left-hand side of the fan.

STARTER MOTOR COVER -- Fig. 3 The cover (1) protects the electro--magnetic contacts of the starter motor from accidental contact. It must always be in place when the batteries are connected to the electrical system. The cover also protects the battery from possible damage and the electrical connections from possible accidental contact.

2-60

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

TRACTOR POWER TAKE–OFF GUARD -- Fig. 4 The guard (1) covers the power take-off shaft. To facilitate shaft replacement, loosen screws (2) and remove the guard. NOTICE: The guard must never be removed when the tractor is being used and must never be modified.

000025

000026

000027-1

POWER TAKE–OFF SHAFT SAFETY CAP -Fig. 5 The cap (1) must always be fitted on the power take–off shaft when it is not connected to an implement. Replace it correctly when the power take–off is not in use. NOTICE: Check that all guards and covers are correctly fitted before using the tractor

PIVOTING POWER TAKE–OFF GUARD -- Fig. 6 The guard (1) protects the power take-off shaft. NOTE: To facilitate connection of the tractor transmission shaft / implement, lift the guard (1). Once connected, return the guard to the safety position. NOTICE: The guard must never be removed when the tractor is being used and must never be modified.

2-61

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS As a guide to the operation of the machine, various universal symbols have been utilized on the instruments, controls, switches, and fuse box. The symbols are shown below with an indication of their meaning. Thermostart starting aid

Roof beacon

PTO

DraftControl

Alternator charge

Keep Alive Memory

Transmission in neutral

Accessory socket

Fuel level

Turn signals

Creeper gears

Implement socket

Automatic Fuel shut-off

Turn signals â&#x20AC;&#x201D; one trailer

Slow or low setting

%age slip

Engine speed (rev/min x 100)

Turn signals â&#x20AC;&#x201D; two trailers

Fast or high setting

Hitch raise (rear)

Hours recorded

Front windscreen wash/wipe

Ground speed

Hitch lower (rear)

Engine oil pressure

Rear windscreen wash/wipe

Differential lock

Hitch height limit (rear)

Engine coolant temperature

Heater temperature control

Rear axle oil temperature

Hitch height limit (front)

Coolant level

Heater fan

Transmission oil pressure

Hitch disabled

Tractor lights

Air conditioner

4WD engaged

Hydraulic and transmission filters

Headlight main beam

Air filter blocked

Warning!

Remote valve extend

Headlight dipped beam

Parking brake

Hazard warning lights

Remote valve retract

Work lights

Brake fluid level

Variable control

Remote valve float

Stop lights

Trailer brake

Pressurized! Open carefully

Malfunction! See Operator's Manual

Horn

Warning ! Corrosive substance

Position Control

Malfunction! (alternative symbol)

2-62

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET The noise levels stated below have been measured according to the European directives: (EU) 2014/1322 annex XIII test method 2 (measured inside, at the operator's ear).

Model All Models

TRACTORS WITH ROLL BARS 2/4WD Operator’s ear dB (A) Without Canopy With Canopy 83 86 TRACTORS WITH CABS 2/4WD Operator’s ear dB (A) Openings closed 85

Openings open

(EU) 2015/96 annex III. (measured outside) External noise level Noise level Tractor moving 80 dB (A)

Tractor in standstill 78 dB (A)

2-63

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET TRACTOR VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET HAZARDS RELATED TO VIBRATIONS EXPOSURE NOTE: More information about Whole Body Vibration (WBV) on agricultural tractors can be found on specific publications and maybe covered by local regulations; in order to correctly estimate statistics values based on your everyday activity please use a triaxial seat accelerometers.

WARNING Machine vibration caused by improper machine maintenance could injure an operator. Follow ALL of the precautions listed below. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0443A

NOTE: The Whole Body Vibration level will depend on a lot of parameters, some of them machine related, others terrain related and many driver related. The properties of the track or field surface and the driving speed will be the predominant parameters. NOTE: Machine vibrations cause discomfort to the operator and in some cases his health and safety may be at risk. Make sure the machine is in good condition and that the service interval work has been carried out correctly. Check the tyre pressure, the steering and the brake system. Check that the operator’s seat and adjustment controls are in good condition and then adjust the seat to suit the operator’s size and weight. Operate all controls consistently so the machine works smoothly and modify your driving to suit working conditions. During travel, adjust your speed and slow down if necessary. In compliance with EU standards, (EU) 2014/1322 annex XIV, the vibration levels measured on seat for tractors described in this Manual are as specified below. In compliance with EU standards, (EU) 2014/1322 annex XIV, the vibration levels measured on seat for tractors described in this Manual are as specified below. T300 33/SM80X SC88–M97/3

Vibration* m/s² (ft/s²) at (testing mass)

1.18 m/s² (3.87 ft/s²) at 40 kg 1.08 m/s² (3.54 ft/s²) at 40 kg 1.21 m/s² (3.97 ft/s²) at 60 kg

* Corrected weighted vibration acceleration.

2-64

0.82 m/s² (2.69 ft/s²) at 80 kg 0.74 m/s² (2.43 ft/s²) at 80 kg 1.05 m/s² (3.44 ft/s²) at 100 kg

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS###_3_### Access to operator's platform

INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION

ered approximate figures and the illustrations do not necessarily show tractors with standard fittings.

This Operator’s Manual has been produced to provide the user with practical information, documents and instructions about the correct procedure for running in, driving, operating and maintaining the new tractor. The Manual is subdivided into 10 sections. The main index is at the end of the Manual (Section 10). Read and refer to this Manual carefully, and always keep it in a convenient place so that you can refer to it whenever necessary If you should at any time need information and advice about using your tractor, please contact your authorised dealer. The dealer can provide skilled personnel, genuine spare parts and the necessary equipment to carry out your service requirements.

For precise information on specific tractor models and versions, please contact your authorised dealer. The Company is engaged in a continuous process of product development and improvement and therefore reserves the right to change the specifications, components and prices of the product itself at any time, without prior notice. In this Manual, the ”left–hand” and ”right–hand” parts of the tractor are as seen from the driver’s seat, facing forward. The necessary precautions to guarantee the personal safety of the operator and others are listed and described under the heading Personal safety at the beginning of the Manual. Read and follow the information provided BEFORE using the tractor.

All the data provided in this Manual is subject to product modifications. Weights and measures are to be consid-

3-1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS – POSITION AND FUNCTION

• Instrument console (rear hood) controls

The position and function of the controls and instruments on your tractor are described in the following pages.

• Operating controls, left–hand side.

The controls have been sub–divided into groups and are described as follows:

• Cab controls.

• Operating controls, right–hand side. • Foot pedal and foot plate controls.

• Instrument panel and console controls

3-2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE CONTROLS INSTRUMENT PANEL AND CONSOLE CONTROLS

MOIL16TR02693GA

INSTRUMENT CONSOLE CONTROLS — Fig 2 1. Lights control lever The lever operates external lights, horn and the direction indicators.

2. Power–shuttle control lever – To go forward: Lift the lever and move it forward – To go reverse: Lift the lever and move it backward

00002

3-3

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Cab controls and adjustments CAB CONTROLS RIGHT–HAND PILLAR – Fig. 1 1. Front windscreen washer–wiper switch 2. Rear windscreen wiper switch 3. Front work lights switch 4. Rear work lights switch 5. Roof beacon switch (with cab) 6. Lighter

000051

000052

RIGHT–HAND PILLAR – Fig. 2 1. Air temperature adjustment control 2. Control for selecting electric fan speed and turning on air–conditioner. 3. Storage holder 4. Radio ready (option) The cab has two speakers and one antenna installed on the roof as an option.

3-4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

STEERING COLUMN STEERING WHEEL TILT ADJUSTMENT â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fig. 1 The steering wheel is fitted with a pedal to adjust the angle. Press the pedal (1) fig. 1 to free the steering wheel and determine the most suitable position for driving. Release the pedal after making the adjustment.

WARNING Driving hazard! Do not adjust the steering column while driving. Before adjusting the steering column: - stop the machine, - put the gearshift lever in neutral, and - apply the parking brake. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

000053

W1032A

3-5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

CAB Access/Exit

00693

This section of the Manual deals only with the use of the heated and ventilated cab. The cab is an integral part of the Structure of the Tractor. The cab structure must in no way be modified. It is therefore prohibited to drill, weld or anyhow connect any device to it that would impair its intended operation. Any damage due to accident, fire, theft or corrosion to the original structure could make it inefficient and lessen its safety. It is therefore necessary for specialized personnel to evaluate the damage and, if necessary, have the damaged parts replaced.

All the internal parts, such as the operator’s seat, including any seat belts, must be carefully checked and must show no sign of any damage whatsoever. The cab must be replaced in the event of overturning. All the internal parts, such as the operator’s seat, including any seat belts, must be carefully checked and must show no sign of any damage whatsoever. All damaged parts must be replaced. IN THE EVENT OF OVERTURNING, DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR, WELD OR STRAIGHTEN THE CAB, contact your Dealer’s specialized personnel instead

3-6

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

DOORS Opening the door from outside – Fig. 3 With the door unlocked, press button (1) and pull the door towards you.

00234

00242

Locking the door from outside – Fig. 3 The both doors have locks, which can be locked with a key, and the cab can therefore be closed from either the left or the right hand side.

Opening the door from the inside – Fig. 4 Pull lever (1) upwards.

3-7

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

REAR WINDOW – Fig. 5 To open, pull handle (1) upwards and push forward. The window is held open by gas struts. Alternatively, the window can be held slightly open by locating the tang on the lever (1) in the slot provided in the lower frame.

000066

00004

SIDE WINDOWS – Fig. 6 To open side window, first pull handle (1) towards you and then push forward, to secure the window in the open position, as shown.

3-8

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

ADJUST THE MIRRORS EXTERNAL REAR VIEW MIRROR – Fig. 1 To adjust the mirror (1) turn the support arm (2) to adjust the angle of vision. NOTE: The mirror (1) can be adjusted to any required angle.

ANIL17TRO1002AA

00253

INTERNAL REAR VIEW MIRROR – Fig. 2 The mirror (1) can be adjusted by rotating it on its support bracket.

3-9

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SUN PROTECTION SUN VISOR (1) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fig. 1 To use the sun visor, pull downwards as shown by the arrow in the illustration. Push the visor up, when not required by pressing the button (2)

00254

3-10

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

CONTROL ELEMENTS/SIDE CONSOLE NOTE: All controls are operational when the starter key is in position (B), Ignition switch - Control identification . The operating positions are shown in fig. 3-27 1. Front windscreen washer–wiper switch 2. Rear windscreen wiper switch 3. Front work lights switch 4. Rear work lights switch 5. Roof beacon switch (with cab)

FRONT WINDSCREEN BUTTON (1)

00217

000072

WIPER/WASHER

The switch has three positions: – Position A washer spray operation. Pressed in position A the spray works, when it is released it automatically returns to position B. – Position B = wiper operation – Position C = off

REAR WINDSCREEN WASHER-SWITCH (2) The switch has two positions: — Position E = off; —Position D = rear window washer spray operation

FRONT WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (3) The switch has two positions: — Position E = off; —Position D = front worklights on

REAR WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (4) The switch has two positions: — Position E = off; —Position D = rear worklights on

3-11

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

ROOF BEACON SWITCH (WITH CAB) (5) The switch has two positions: — Position E = off; —Position D = rear worklights on

REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER (OPTIONAL) Fig. 3 To operate the rear windscreen wiper press the switch (1), Fig. 3.

000073

3-12

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

RADIO (option) RADIO / CASSETTE PLAYER – Fig. 1 (OPTIONAL) To add to driver comfort, the cab can be equipped ready for radio installation. The equipment comprises: – two stereo speakers ; – housing (1) for the radio; – aerial and the relative connections. 000074

3-13

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, CAB VENTILATION – Fig. 1 — 3 Actuate the ventilation with switch (2), Fig 3, and direct the air flow by adjusting the rear swivel vents (1) and the front swivel vents (2), Fig. 2. A 4–speed blower is installed for the heater (and air conditioner, where fitted). Each position corresponds to a different fan speed. With the windows closed, the blower may be used to pressurise the cab to exclude dust etc. Provided that the cab air filters are serviced correctly, maximum pressurisation and optimum dust exclusion may be achieved by operating the blower at maximum fan speed. Cab recirculated air filter (3) cleans the air recirculated in the cab. 00258

VENTILATION

000077

Adjustable air vents (1) are provided throughout the cab for even distribution of heated or cooled air. Each vent may be independently adjusted to direct the air flow (with the blower control actuated) onto the side windows or the operator. The three vents (2) may be adjusted to defrost the windscreen. To open the circular vents (1) press one side of the disc and then turn it, as required, to direct the air flow.

HEATING – Fig. 3 The hot air temperature can be adjusted by means of the knob (1). By reducing or increasing the circulation of coolant from the engine, with the electric fan (2) the quantity of air entering the cab through the vents (3) (fig. 1) can be varied. By turning the temperature adjustment knob (1) anticlockwise (fully to the left), the circulation of hot air in the cab is interrupted; by turning the knob clockwise (fully to the right), maximum cab air temperature is selected.

3-14

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

CAB AIR FILTERS AIR FILTERS The cab ventilation system has three filters, two antipollen filter for fresh air drawn into the cab from outside (1) fig. 1 , and one for recirculated air (1) fig. 1 . The cab air filters are designed to remove dust from the air, but they are not effective against chemical vapours. Follow the chemical manufacturer’s directions regarding the precautions to take.

Cab air filters When working with pesticides, both the cab’s internal (recirculation) filters and external filters must be replaced with the special active carbon filters available on request.

000078

00004

Extended periods of exposure to pesticides can cause personal injury or death. Use solely CASE IH cartridges when changing the cab filters. When replacing used filters, follow local regulations in the disposal of contaminated elements.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Even though it is possible to pressurize the inside of the cab to restrict entry of chemical vapours, you must anyhow always follow the safety procedures set down by the chemical’s manufacturer. Before getting back into the tractor cab, take off and carefully put away the protective clothing worn when filling the sprinkler with pesticides or making external adjustments. To prevent chemical residues accumulating inside the cab, clean the cab floor and interiors regularly with a damp cloth.

3-15

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

AIR FILTERS Remember that the cab air filters do not generally protect against pesticides. Total protection against these substances can therefore only be ensured by taking the necessary precautions according to the properties of individual products. The cab air filter is designed to remove dust from the air but may not exclude chemical vapour. Follow the chemical manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s directions regarding protection from hazardous chemicals. For greater safety you can fit active carbon filters, which provide greater protection against the harmful effects of pesticides. However, using these filters doesn ot exempt anyone from not observing the personal precautions recommended for using each single product. These filters should only be fitted when working with pesticides and replaced with the normal paper filters at the end of work. Do not use these filters during other work, as they will quickly become clogged with dust. When replacing the active carbon filters at the end of spraying work, return them to the original packaging, making sure they are carefully sealed. If the instructions on the package are observed, the filters last for approximately 60 h of work. They must, however, be replaced each year. If, when working with pesticides, toxic odours are noted, stop work immediately and check the condition of the filters, replacing them if necessary. These filters must never be washed or cleaned with compressed air. Discarded filters must not be thrown away. Take old filters to authorised collection points. Active carbon air filters do not provide total protection against pesticides in general. These specific and optional filters only reduce the harmful effects of these products. Protection against these products can only be obtained by taking the specific precautions required for each individual product. Consequently, use of these filters does not release you from the obligation to observe the recommended safety regulations for the individual products.

3-16

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CAB AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

otherwise be a nuisance to the operator, compromising tractor handling safety.

This section of the Manual describes the operation and use of the Supercomfort cab, which is fitted with an air conditioning system. This system, in addition to ensuring optimum temperatures inside the cab, reduces the air humidity, which might

The cab is also fitted with windows, which reduce the effects of the sun beams inside the cab â&#x20AC;&#x201C; something which, in hot weather, creates particularly unpleasant conditions for the operator

3-17

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Air conditioning CAB AIR CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM – INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE The air–conditioning system can supply either cool or warm dehumidified air. Before starting the engine, check that the air conditioning is OFF.

STOP Before stopping the engine, always switch off the air–conditioner and the electric fan.

AIR_CONDITION

AIR CONDITIONING AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL

NOTICE: Run the engine at idle speed for at least 3 minutes after switching on the air conditioner, if the air conditioner has been out of use for more than 30 days.

Switching on the conditioner and temperature control.

NOTICE: Always turn the air conditioner off when cooled or dehumified air is not required. For proper operation of the air conditioner, ensure that the cab air filters are serviced regularly. See Air filter - Localization overview

The knob (1) incorporates two different functions: – Turning on the air–conditioning system. Press the knob to turn on the air–conditioner. – Electric fan speed control. Turn the knob to select the 4 fan speeds. NOTE: The air conditioner starts up only if the electric fan is activated in one of the four positions. The air conditioning cannot work when the electric fan is off. The indicator light (3) comes on to signal the air conditioner has started up.

When the windows are clear, turn the air conditioner off and adjust the heater controls to maintain the desired cab air temperature.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM – INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE The air conditioning system provides dehumidified cool air or dehumidified hot air.: It is operated as follows

After a few minutes of operation, the air coming out of the vents must be cold. If this does not occur, switch off the air–conditioning and seek specialist help. To quickly reduce in cab temperature operate the air conditioner with the blower speed set to maximum and the heater control fully off. When the air has cooled sufficiently, adjust the blower control to maintain the desired temperature. The windows and doors should remain closed. Under certain conditions, it may be desirable to operate both the air conditioner and heater together, e.g. to demist the windscreen and interior door glass on a cold morning. (The air conditioner, as well as cooling, also removes moisture from the air). Run the engine to normal operating temperature, turn the heater temperature control (2) and blower control (1) to the maximum settings (fully clockwise). Turn on the air conditioner and adjust the air vents to direct the air flow, as required.

When the engine is not running the air conditioner will not work because the compressor is driven by the engine.

STARTING With the engine running and the electric fan on, turn the control knob (1) fig. 1, to start the air conditioning system. NOTICE: Always switch the electric fan on before the air conditioning. The air conditioning cannot work when the electric fan is off. NOTICE: If the air conditioner has been out of use for more than 30 days, run the engine at idle speed for at least 3 minutes after switching on the air conditioner. After for a few minutes, the inspection glass on the top of the dryer filter should be clear and not contain any bubbles. If this is not the case, stop the system and contact your dealer.

3-18

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

NOTICE: Before starting the engine, check that the air conditioning is off.

Run the system only when the engine is warm and the temperature inside the cab has reached 20 C

ADJUSTMENT

ANNUAL MAINTENANCE

NOTE: When working in a very dusty environment, the cab pressure may have to be increased, by increasing fan speed to prevent dust from entering the cab. Doors and windows should be kept closed.

At the beginning of the working season, have the following operations carried out by your authorised dealer:

Under certain conditions, it may be desirable to operate both the air conditioner and heater together, e.g. to demist the windscreen and side windows on a cold morning. (The air conditioner, as well as cooling, also removes humidity from the cab air). Run the engine to normal operating temperature, turn the heater control (2), fig. 1, and fan control (1) to the maximum settings (fully clockwise). Adjust the swivelling air vents to direct the airflows, as required. To restore the temperature in the cab after a prolonged halt in the sun, start the tractor, switch on the air conditioning and after about a minute open the rear window to let the hot air escape.

• check the oil level in the compressor, fill–up if necessary; • check the sealing on the system with a leakage detector, fill–up with HFC 134a gas, or: • replace the dryer filter, only if absolutely necessary; • a functional check of the overall system.

GENERAL CAB MAINTENANCE (ALL MODELS) After completing external cab maintenance, carry out the following inspections : 1. Check from time to time that there is no leftover water in areas covered with mats or padding.

STOPPING Before stopping the engine, always switch off the air conditioning system by turning the knob (1) fig. 1 and moving fan control (2) to the off position.

ROUTINE INSPECTIONS

2. Protect the hinges and locks on the doors and opening windows with lubricants and water–repellents. 3. Use suitable detergents or, if necessary, sulphuric ether to clean the windows. 4. Remove the windscreen wiper blade and sprinkle talc on the rubber.

At least once every three months :

5. Leave the doors or side windows partially open.

• remove any foreign matter from the condenser and evaporator fins; • check the tension of the compressor belt; • run the engine at 1500 rpm speed and check the dryer filter inspection glass: it should be transparent and not contain any air bubbles or white liquid; • check the condition of the tubing, connections and mounting of brackets; • check that the discharge pipes are working properly and remove any condensation from the evaporator;

SPECIFICATIONS Refrigerant Quantity

HFC134a 1.6 kg

Compressor Capacity Oil type Oil quantity

SANDEN SD 7H15 155 cc/rev SANDEN PAG SP–20 185 cc

• check that the pulley and compressor retaining screws and nuts are correctly tightened.

Cooling capacity at 22 – 49 °C ( 75 – 120 °F) ambient temperature 3873 kcal/h (Actual capacity dependent on system control operator setting)

MAINTENANCE

Airflow with electric fan on speed 3 8.3 m3/min

During long periods of inactivity, run the air conditioning system for a few minutes every month to circulate the oil in the system and keep the seals in good condition.

3-19

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Operator's seat

DOCUMENTATION STORAGE MANUAL STORAGE — Fig 1 Keep the Operator’s Manual in the storage compartment (1) provided on your tractor. The Operator’s Manual must be available for use by all operators.

00006

3-20

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OPERATOR'S SEAT SEATS

– the driver’s seat must be fitted and repaired by specialist personnel only.

Even under difficult conditions, adjust your seat for safe driving. To avoid danger, follow the instructions below: – do not adjust the seat when the tractor is moving;

– check periodically that the securing screws are tight and that the adjustment controls are working properly to ensure safety and stability when working.

Standard seat – Fig. 1 The driver’s seat has adjusters for its suspension, height and distance from the controls. You can therefore select the most suitable position for driving, and even change it while working. – To move the seat forward or back, pull the lever (1) sideways. – After moving the seat, release the lever, ensuring that the seat is locked in the chosen position.

000055

000056

000057

SEAT SUSPENSION ADJUSTMENT – Fig. 1 For correct adjustment, turn knob (1) clockwise or counter-clockwise until, with the driver seated, the indicator aligns with the centre of the arrows (2).

SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT – Fig. 3 To raise the seat, loosen knobs (1) (one on each side) and position the seat at the most suitable height. Tighten the knobs after adjustment.

3-21

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SEAT (OPTIONAL) – Fig. 4 Adjustment of distance from controls From the driver’s seat, pull lever (2) sideways and move the seat forwards or backwards. After moving the seat, release the lever and check that the seat is locked in the correct position.

Seat height adjustment To raise or lower the seat, turn the handle (1) clockwise or counter–clockwise, as shown in the illustration.

Seat suspension adjustment

00265

00227

For correct suspension adjustment, turn knob (3) clockwise or counter–clockwise until your weight appears in the port indicated by the arrow in the illustration.

Seat backrest adjustment – Fig. 5 Push the lever (1) down to adjust the backrest. Release the lever to lock the backrest in the selected position.

NOTE: This tractor is fitted with seat buzzer. If the operator leave the seat without applying the hand brake when

the engine is running, a warning buzzer will sound until the hand brake has been applied.

3-22

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OPERATOR'S SEAT Standard seat PNEUMATIC SEAT (OPTIONAL)-- Fig. 1 Adjustment of distance from controls From the driverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s seat, pull the lever (1) upwards and move the seat forwards or backwards

Pneumatic suspension adjustment From the driverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s seat, pull the button (2), fig. 1 outwards until the seat is fully lowered. Turn the starter key to the starting position and press the button (2) fig. img0.2, keeping it pressed until the desired height is reached. 000304

NOTE: This tractor is fitted with seat buzzer. If the operator leave the seat without applying the hand brake when

the engine is running, a warning buzzer will sound until the hand brake has been applied.

3-23

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SEAT BELT SEAT BELT The belt with inertia–reel device for De–Luxe seats and for air–sprung seats is available.

INERTIA–REEL SEAT BELT – Fig. 1 To fasten belt (1) pull it from the inertia–reel device and insert tongue (2) into slot (3). NOTE: The belt adjusts automatically to the driver’s body. To unfasten it, press and then release button (4). The belt reels in automatically.

000060

3-24

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Instructional seat

INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted) INSTRUCTOR’S SEAT – Fig. 1 WARNING Fall hazard! The instructional seat shall only be used when training a new operator or when a service technician is diagnosing a problem. Do not permit others, especially children, to ride in the seat. Keep the cab door(s) closed. Wear a seat belt at all times. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0301A

The instructor’s seat and seat belt allow an instructor to be seated safely when training a new driver how to operate the vehicle. When not required, fold (1) away the lower part of the seat.

00204

00140

00142

Forward controls

LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER MULTI–FUNCTION CONTROL The multi–function stalk controls the lights, horn, turn indicators and headlight flasher and is also used to switch from dipped to main beam front headlights.

Direction indicators To indicate a right turn, push the stalk (1), Fig. 1 , forward to position A. To indicate a left turn, pull the stalk (1), Fig. 1, back to position B.

Flashing front headlights With the lights off or on, move the stalk up to position A, Fig. 2, to flash the main beam headlights. When the stalk is released, it automatically returns to its original position. NOTE: The stalk switch (1), Fig. 2, will only operate with ignition key in position B, on Page Ignition switch - Control identification.

Side lights With the stalk (1) in position B, rotate the outer end of the stalk so that the indicator (1) aligns with symbol (2), the side lights ‘on’ symbol.

3-25

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Dipped headlights With the stalk (1), fig. 3, in position B, rotate the outer end of the stalk so that the indicator (2) fig. 3, aligns with symbol (3), the headlights ‘on’ symbol.

Main beam headlights With the indicator (2) fig. 3, aligned with symbol (3), the headlights ‘on’ symbol, move the stalk down to position C, as shown in fig. 3. The main beam warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate with the main beam headlights. 00143

Horn Press the end of control (1) on the stem as shown by the arrow in fig. 3. NOTE: When the indicator (2) fig. 3, is aligned with symbol (3) all the lights are off. Only the direction indicators and the horn are still functional.

3-26

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

KEY- START SWITCH IGNITION KEY – Fig. 1 To operate the four key functions, turn the key (1) , fig. 1, through the following positions: (A) No power to circuits (key can be removed). Engine stopped: automatic activation of fuel injection cut–off. (B) Engine start presetting: operation of panel lights and instruments. Power supplied to various circuits. (C) Starting the engine: when released, the key returns automatically to position (B). (N) Not used. 00154

3-27

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

STEERING COLUMN CONSOLE CONTROLS – Fig. 1 1– Battery isolator switch 2– Diff–lock engagement switch. 3– 4WD engagement switch.

00124

BRAKE_LOCK_

PEDAL CONTROLS — Fig. 2 1. Foot throttle. 2. Right brake control pedal. 3. Left brake control pedal. 4. Brake pedal lock pin. When travelling on roads, always connect the brake pedals with pin (4), by pushing the pin from right to left. Braking when the pedals are not connected could cause the tractor to skid. Never remove the snap ring (7) from the pin (4).

WARNING Loss of control hazard! One-sided brake force exists if you do not use the brake pedal latch, and if you do not depress the left and right pedals at the same time. ALWAYS use the brake pedal latch when traveling at transport speeds and/or when a trailer with hydraulic or air-applied brakes is attached to the machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0375A

3-28

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

5. Transmission clutch pedal. 6. Steering wheel position levers 7. Brake pedals locking mechanism snap ring. Push lever (6) to release the steering wheel lock. Move the steering wheel up or down to find the best position for comfortable and safe driving. Pull the lever to lock the steering wheel in the required position. 1. Rear mechanical differential lock, Fig 3.

BAIL11JX145

3-29

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH Battery isolator switch (1). • “ON” position; electrical circuits are connected from battery. • “OFF” position; electrical circuits are disconnected from battery. NOTE: Functional description of this device is detailed in Mechanical battery isolator Negative (-) disconnect switch - Check.

BTRYISSWITCH

3-30

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

12 X 12 POWER SHUTTLE TRANSMISSION MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION POWER SHUTTLE

WITH

30/40 km/h (18.64/24.85 mph) (12F+12R) WARNING Unexpected machine movement! With the engine running and only the gear lever in neutral, the machine can engage and move suddenly if someone accidentally operates this lever. Place all levers in neutral, disengage the power take-off, lower any implements, and set the parking brake before exiting the machine. Use wheel chocks when parking on slopes. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0057A

NOTE: In order to start the engine, move the shuttle control lever (3) to the neutral position. The clutch pedal must also be pressed fully down and servo PTO control lever (only for servo PTO versions) must be in disengaged position. See 6-2.

00162

000092

00002

The gear lever (2) selects four gear ratios (1, 2, 3, 4). The range lever (1) provides three ranges: – I = slow; – II = medium; – II = fast; Separate use of the gear lever (2) range lever (1) and Power Shuttle lever (3) allows 12 forward gears and 12 reverse gears to be selected. The tractor must always be stopped to change from one range to another. To change from one speed to another within the same range, disengage the clutch and move the gear lever (the tractor does not need to be stationary as the gears are synchro–engaged).

POWER SHUTTLE LEVER The shuttle lever (3) , located to the left of the steering wheel, is used to select forward or reverse drive when a gear ratio is engaged. The shuttle lever (3), located to the left of the steering wheel, is used to select forward or reverse drive when a gear ratio is engaged. To select the drive direction, lift the lever and move it forward (A) for forward drive, or backward (B) for reverse drive. Drive direction can be selected without pressing down the clutch pedal. To change the drive direction first slow the tractor almost to a halt, keep the lever raised and move it either forwards (A) or backwards (B). Drive direction can be changed without pressing down the clutch pedal. 3-31

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The clutch pedal ( Brakes and controls - Control identification) is used to gradually transfer engine power to the driving wheel when starting to move from a standstill NOTE: Before using the tractor at temperatures below –0.39F (–18 C) start the engine and leave to idle at a speed of 1300–1500 rpm for approximately 5 minutes. This will allow the gear oil to reach working temperature. NOTE: When operating in temperatures below –0.39 F (–18 C) with cold transmission oil, avoid shuttle operations, as far as practicable, until the oil has warmed up. NOTE: In order to use the Power Shuttle lever (3) it is essential that the operator is correctly seated in the driving position. NOTE: When stopping the tractor, it is advisable to place the shuttle lever in neutral before switching off the engine. NOTICE: To prevent inadvertent tractor movement, always stop the engine, place the shuttle lever in neutral and firmly apply parking brake before leaving the tractor. The transmission will not prevent the tractor from rolling when the engine is shut off.

3-32

00002

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SPEED AT MAXIMUM POWER Power Shuttle transmission 30 km/h (19 mph) version (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears) Forward Gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

FARMALL 85A 16.9R–34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4R–34 (RI:775)

FARMALL 105A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

FARMALL 115A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

1.80 2.61 3.76 5.39 4.20 6.10 8.79 12.60 9.88 14.36 20.70 29.65

1.86 2.70 3.89 5.57 4.34 6.30 9.09 13.02 10.21 14.84 21.39 30.64

1.79 2.61 3.76 5.38 4.19 6.09 8.78 12.58 9.86 14.34 20.67 29.61

FARMALL 85A 16.9R–34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4R–34 (RI:775)

FARMALL 105A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

FARMALL 115A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

1.77 2.58 3.71 5.32 4.14 6.02 8.67 12.42 9.74 14.16 20.42 29.25

1.83 2.66 3.84 5.50 4.28 6.22 8.96 12.84 10.07 14.63 21.10 30.22

1.77 2.57 3.71 5.31 4.13 6.01 8.66 12.40 9.73 14.14 20.38 29.20

Reverse gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

3-33

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SPEED AT MAXIMUM POWER Power Shuttle transmission 40 km/h (25 mph) version (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears) Forward Gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

FARMALL 85A 16.9R–34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4R–34 (RI:775)

FARMALL 105A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

FARMALL 115A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

2.14 3.18 4.70 6.90 4.99 7.42 10.99 16.12 11.74 17.47 25.86 37.96

2.21 3.28 4.86 7.13 5.15 7.67 11.35 16.66 12.13 18.06 26.72 39.23

2.13 3.17 4.70 6.89 4.98 7.41 10.97 16.10 11.72 17.45 25.82 37.90

FARMALL 85A 16.9R–34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4R–34 (RI:775)

FARMALL 105A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

FARMALL 115A 16.9R–38 (RI:800)

2.11 3.13 4.64 6.81 4.92 7.32 10.83 15.90 11.58 17.23 25.51 37.44

2.18 3.24 4.79 7.04 5.08 7.56 11.20 16.43 11.97 17.81 26.36 38.69

2.10 3.13 4.63 6.80 4.91 7.31 10.82 15.88 11.56 17.21 25.46 37.38

Reverse gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

3-34

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

TRANSMISSION WITH CREEPER AND SHUTTLE (20 FORWARD GEARS + 12 REVERSE GEARS – SYNCHRO SHUTTLE) WARNING Unexpected machine movement! With the engine running and only the gear lever in neutral, the machine can engage and move suddenly if someone accidentally operates this lever. Place all levers in neutral, disengage the power take-off, lower any implements, and set the parking brake before exiting the machine. Use wheel chocks when parking on slopes. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0057A

The main shift, range gear (1), Fig. 1, and shuttle levers are identical in operation to the shuttle transmission described on 3-31.

00162

000095

An additional creeper lever (1), Fig. 2, is used to select the creeper gear which is effective in the low and medium ranges to provide 8 additional forward speeds. The creeper operates only in low (I), Fig. 1 and medium (II) ranges. There is a mechanical interlock preventing creeper lever (1) engagement in position (C) with the range lever (1) in position (III) (high range) and vice versa.

CREEPER LEVER — Fig. 2 By moving the lever upwards to position (D) or downwards to position (C), the creeper lever (1) selects between normal gears and creeper gears. Combined use of the two levers (1) provides 20 forward and 12 reverse gears.

Creeper lever positions — Lever (1) downwards (position (C) ) = creeper gear engaged and effective in low or medium ranges. — Lever (1) upwards (position (D) ) = creeper gear disengaged, allowing selection of low, medium or high ranges. NOTICE: Before engaging the creeper, lever (2) in position (C), ensure that the range lever (1) is not in position (III).

3-35

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SPEED AT MAXIMUM POWER Creeper transmission 30 km/h (19 mph) version (20 forward gears + 12 reverse gears – Synchro Shuttle) Forward Gears RANGE

III

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

FARMALL 85A 16.9–R34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4–R34 (RI:775)

0.25 0.36 0.52 0.74 0.58 0.84 1.21 1.73 1.80 2.61 3.76 5.39 4.20 6.10 8.79 12.60 9.88 14.36 20.07 29.65

0.26 0.37 0.53 0.77 0.60 0.87 1.25 1.79 1.86 2.70 3.89 5.57 4.34 6.30 9.09 13.02 10.21 14.84 21.39 30.64

FARMALL 85A 16.9–R34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4–R34 (RI:775)

1.69 2.45 3.53 5.06 3.94 5.72 8.25 11.82 9.27 13.47 19.42 27.82

1.74 2.53 3.65 5.23 4.07 5.91 8.53 12.21 9.58 13.92 20.07 28.75

Reverse gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

3-36

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

SPEED AT MAXIMUM POWER Creeper transmission 40 km/h (25 mph) version (20 forward gears + 12 reverse gears – Synchro Shuttle) Forward Gears RANGE

III

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

FARMALL 85A 16.9–R34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4–R34 (RI:775)

0.29 0.44 0.65 0.95 0.69 1.02 1.51 2.22 2.14 3.18 4.70 6.90 4.99 7.42 10.99 16.12 11.74 14.47 25.86 37.96

0.30 0.345 0.67 0.98 0.71 1.05 1.56 2.29 2.21 3.28 4.86 7.13 5.15 7.67 11.35 16.66 12.13 18.06 26.72 39.23

FARMALL 85A 16.9–R34 (RI:750)

FARMALL 95A 18.4–R34 (RI:775)

2.00 2.98 4.41 6.48 4.68 6.96 10.31 15.13 11.02 16.40 24.27 35.62

2.07 3.08 4.56 6.69 4.84 7.20 10.65 15.63 11.39 16.94 25.07 36.81

Reverse gears RANGE

GEAR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

III

3-37

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE MECHANICALLY FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE

CONTROLLED

USING FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE Front–wheel drive can increase the tractor’s grip on the surface; the benefits of this are particularly noticeable when working on uneven, muddy or slippery surfaces, on ploughed ground or in difficult conditions. Front–wheel drive engagement / disengagement is carried out by means of lever (1), Fig. 1, when the tractor moving slowly and preferably at the low speeds of the engine. Avoid carrying out this operation under stress. If the manoeuvre proves to be difficult with the tractor moving in a straight line, keeping the lever in engaged position, slightly turn the steering wheel in both directions until the control mechanism engaged.

00262

00261

NOTICE: Do not use front wheel drive on hard surfaces to prevent premature wear to the front tyres. Abnormal tyre wear can also be caused by incorrect tyre pressures. To engage front–wheel drive pull the lever (1), upwards, fig. 1. In this position, the front–wheel drive will stay permanently on. To disengage it, push the lever downwards. Fig 2.

3-38

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

ELECTRO-HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE ELECTROHYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE (OPTIONAL) USING FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE Four–wheel drive increases the tractor’s grip on the ground; the advantages are evident when working on uneven, muddy or slippery ground, when ploughing or working in difficult conditions.

Manual operation Engage four–wheel drive by switching button (1), Fig. 1, to position (A) In this position, four–wheel drive will be permanently engaged; indicator (1), Fig. 2 , will illuminate to show that four–wheel drive is engaged. To disengage, press the button to position (B) once more. ANIL17TRO1005AA

00103

Automatic operation This system will automatically engage four–wheel drive when you press the brake pedals and disengage it when you release them, irrespective of whether the switch (1) is turned on or off. The light (1), Fig. 2, comes on to show it is engaged. NOTICE: Do not use four–wheel drive when driving on roads as this increases wear on the front tyres, which is not the case when using automatic four–wheel drive.

3-39

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

MECHANICAL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL

The differential allows the drive wheels to rotate at different speeds when the tractor is turning: The differential has a locking device, controlled by a foot pedal (1), Fig. 1. It is advisable to lock the differential in the following situations in ploughed fields, to prevent the wheel which is out of the furrow from slipping. if one of the drive wheels is on uneven, muddy or slippy ground, and tends to skid.

BAIL12TD006

000099

To lock the differential, reduce tractor speed and press pedal (1), Fig. 1. The differential will remain locked. Press one of the brake pedals (1), Fig. 2, to release the lock. NOTICE: Do not keep the differential locked unnecessarily as this wastes power and can cause damaging stresses in the transmission system, tyre wear and steering problems.

3-40

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK LIM–SLIP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK (OPTIONAL)

000100

The limited slip differential lock (LIM–SLIP) is a two planetary pinion type, complete with two multi–disc clutch blocks fitted between the planetery pinions and the differential box. This differential lock device is totally automatic, requires no manual operation and notably reduces (without completely eliminating) wheel slipping that may result from tractor grip loss. The difference in revolutions between the planetary pinions and the differential box, when a wheel begins to slip as a result of grip loss, is obstructed by the clutch blocks that are compressed by axial thrust from the torque transmitted to the planetary pinions by the bevel gear pairs, by means of the teeth on the two planetary pinions. The torque may differ according to the condition of the ground, thereby proportionally varying the axial thrust on the clutch blocks, consolidating the planetary pinions with the differential box which results in the axle being able to successfully overcome the difficult ground conditions.

3-41

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Electrohydraulic differential lock ELECTROHYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED DIFFERENTIAL LOCK DIFFERENTIAL LOCK ELECTROHY DRAULIC CONTROL PUSH–BUTTON

Fig. 2 and 2 - (1) differential lock with mechanical lift. The differential allows the drive wheels to rotate at different speeds when the tractor is turning. The differential is fitted with an electrohydraulically controlled locking device, operated by button (1), Fig 2. The light (1), Fig. 1, on the dashboard comes on to show it is engaged. BTRYISSWITCH2

00103

It is advisable to lock the differential in the following situations: — when ploughing, to prevent the wheel that is not in the furrow from slipping; — when one of the drive wheels is on uneven, muddy or slippery ground and tends to slip. To release the differential, reduce the tractor speed and turn the switch (1) onto position (C).

3-42

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATION The control button (1), Fig. 1, has three positions: — position (A) = differential lock engaged: when released, the button returns to position (B) and the differential remains engaged. The differential lock disengages when the brake pedals are pressed and re–engages only when the push–button are returned to position (A).

BTRYISSWITCH2

BAIL11JX261

- position (B) = differential lock on standby; - position (C) = differential lock disengaged. NOTICE: If the differential fails to disengage, briefly press the brake pedal (1) that acts on the wheel on the outside of the curve. NOTICE: Only lock the differential in the event of one of the two wheels slipping excessively. Do not keep the differential locked unnecessarily; as this wastes power and can cause damaging stresses in the transmission system, tyre wear and steering problems.

3-43

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Left-hand side controls

LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS LEFT–HAND SIDE OPERATING CONTROLS Fig. 1 – Fig. 2 1. Shuttle lever

00002

000046

2. Handbrake lever (with push button release) – up = brake on; – down (horizontal) = brake off. 3. Mechanically controlled four–wheel drive lever – pulled upwards: engaged – pushed downwards: disengaged

3-44

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

REAR POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO) Fig. 1 1. Standard power take–off operation selector lever 2. Power take–off engagement lever

000047

00196

Fig. 2 1. Power take–off speed selector lever

3-45

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Right-hand side controls

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS RIGHT–HAND TROLS

SIDE

OPERATING

CON-

Fig. 1 1. Main shift lever 2. Range lever 3. Throttle control lever

00162

Fig. 2 4. Hydraulic lift operating (position control) lever 5. Hydraulic lift operating (draft control) lever 6. Fast hydraulic lift up/down control (Lift-O-Matic™ Plus).

3-46

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Fig. 3 1. Remote control valve levers.

ANIL17TRO1001AA

ANALOGUE/ DIGITAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

MOIL16TR02693GA

3-47

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

The indicator lights on the control panel inform you of the operational condition of the machine. Some of these indicate faults arising during operation. An indicator light coming on may be followed by a continuous or intermittent buzzer. Depending on the severity of the trouble, the alarm will sound.

Trailer direction indicator light (green) 1

This indicator light flashes together with the tractor/trailer direction indicators, if the first trailer is connected

Trailer direction indicator light (green) 2

This indicator light flashes together with the tractor/trailer direction indicators, if the second trailer is connected

Full beam headlights (blue)

Sidelights (green)

This indicator light will illuminate when the tractor lights are switched to high beam.

This indicator light is illuminated when the tractor lights are turned on.

Stop warning light (red) 5

If the red "Stop" warning light comes on, switch off the tractor immediately and look for the cause. A warning symbol will appear on the display (30) confirming the location of the fault.

Engine coolant temperature gauge This instrument indicates the temperature of the engine coolant.

Indicator lamp (amber) 7

This indicator light comes on and the display shows a warning symbol (30). The light blinks for 4 seconds, after which the symbol on the display disappears and the indicator light stays on steady. To display the fault, you need to go to the menu. Stop the tractor and investigate the cause of the trouble.

Not used. Parking brake warning light (red)

This illuminates when you turn the ignition switch to ON with the parking brake applied. If the key-start switch is turned OFF and the parking brake is not applied, or the operator leaves the seat without applying the parking brake, a warning buzzer will sound for approximately 10 seconds or until the parking brake has been applied.

Trailer brakes warning light (amber) The warning indicator lights up to indicate a problem in the trailer's hydraulic system.

Brake fault warning light (red) The warning indicator lights up when the service brake fluid level is low.

Engine oil pressure warning light (red) 12

Warning indicator for engine oil pressure (red) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; This warning indicator illuminates, along with the red "Stop" warning indicator (5) to indicate that the engine oil pressure is too low. Stop the engine and investigate the cause. NOTE: With insufficient engine oil pressure, this warning light illuminates when the start switch is in the contact position B (supply to accessories - ignition).

3-48

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Not used

Cold start device (amber) The indicator lights up when the glow plugs are turned on by the key start switch.

Right direction indicator (green) 15

This indicator light flashes at the same time as the tractor's right direction indicator. With the tractor running, if the turn signal is not switched off within 20 seconds an intermittent alarm comes on. This audible warning comes on if the direction indicator is not turned off within 5 minutes with the tractor stationary.

Not used

Not used.

Alternator charging warning light (red)

Fuel reserve (amber)

Warning light not used

Fuel level indicator

A steady light indicates that the alternator is not charging the battery.

The light comes on when the tractor needs refueling.

This instrument shows the fuel level in the tank.

Automatic four-wheel drive engaged warning light (green) 22

This warning light comes on when the automatic four−wheel drive engagement function is activated. (For SuperSteer™ models only)

Rev counter Indicates the engine rpm. Each subdivision of the graduated scale represents 100 revs/minute.

Differential lock (amber)

Four−wheel drive (green)

This warning light comes on when the differential lock is engaged.

This indicator light will illuminate when the drive to the front wheels is engaged.

Rear power take−off warning light (yellow) 26

Lights up when the engine is running and the power take-off is engaged. The indicator light, from being on steady, starts flashing when the power take-off exceeds the maximum permissible number of revs.

3-49

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Front power takeâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;off warning light (yellow) This warning light comes on when the front PTO is engaged. (if fitted and with the engine running)

Left direction indicator (green) 28

This indicator light flashes at the same time as the tractor's left direction indicator. With the tractor running, if the turn signal is not switched off within 20 seconds an intermittent alarm comes on. This audible warning comes on if the direction indicator is not turned off within 5 minutes with the tractor stationary.

Work lights (amber) This warning light illuminates when the work lights are switched on.

Information Display 30

The display shows information on the operational condition of the machine and highlights any trouble in the form of symbols or error codes.

3-50

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Rev counter The rev counter (1) indicates the engine rpm. Each division on the scale represents 100 rev/min., therefore, with the needle indicating 20 , the engine is running at 2000 RPM.

RPM NOTICE: Never use the engine continuously for a long time at speeds between 2500 – 3000 RPM (yellow area on the speedometer) to avoid damage to the engine and NEVER exceed 3000 RPM (red area on the speedometer). For appropriate use, always operate under the speed corresponding to 2300 RPM.

DCUTLBRCE003S3A

DCUTLBRCE004S3A

DCUTLBRCE005S3A

Models with Synchro Shuttle™ and Power Shuttle transmission NOTICE: if the hand of the speedometer enters the red area, the red STOP warning indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster and the icon shown to the side appears on the central display. This is accompanied by an acoustic signal to indicate that the engine RPM has exceeded the maximum limit permitted. Immediate braking is required to reduce this RPM and repeating this manoeuvre must be avoided to prevent damaging the engine itself.

Engine coolant temperature gauge The temperature display (1) indicates the temperature of the engine coolant. • blue area = normal temperature; • red area = temperature too high. In this case, slow the engine to idling speed (without stopping the engine) and, if the light stays on, have the cooling system checked.

Fuel level indicator This instrument (1) indicates the level of diesel in the tank and only works when the ignition key is turned onto ON.

3-51

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Central display With Synchro Shuttleâ&#x201E;˘ and Power Shuttle transmission. The central liquid crystal display provides the operator with a range of information: 1. Rear power take-off speed, front power take-off speed. Press the ENTER button (A) for less than 3 s to select the item that you want to view. 2. Tractor working hourmeter. 3. If there are no faults on the vehicle, the battery voltage is shown. When necessary, warning and error messages. Press the ENTER button (A) for more than 3 s to enter the programming menu (see the dedicated chapter). Press the HOME (B) button and then press the upward arrow button or downward arrow button (C) to scroll through and select the available functions. The functions are: Air brake pressure 4. Speed of the vehicle in Km/h or MPH.

3-52

MOIL13TR02176AA

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

DISPLAY SETTINGS

Display programming The multifunction liquid crystal display (1) can show useful and necessary information when driving and a menu for making the following adjustments: • Tractor speed calibration • Implement width (if available) • Programmed maintenance • Sound level on/off on pressing the buttons • Units of measurement in km/h or MPH • Diesel particulate filter control (DPF) • Viewing active error codes and warning messages MOIL13TR01414AC

TJ70_139_REV

MOIL13TR01416AA

The menu is navigated through by using the rocker switches (2) and (3). Each button provides two controls, depending on the position where it is pressed. To enter the “SETUP MENU”, it is necessary to turn the start switch key onto position (B), panel powered, and subsequently keep the switch (2) pressed on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds.

(2) Switch (A) Exit/Cancel. Use this switch position to cancel or quit the setting and programming modes. (B) Menu/Enter. Use this switch position to enter the menu or confirm the settings.

(3) Switch (C) Up arrow = scrolling up through the menu or numerical value. Press this switch position repeatedly to scroll forwards in the menu or change the value of a number. (D) Down arrow = scrolling down through the menu or numerical value. Press this switch position to scroll backwards in the menu or to move to the right of a position.

3-53

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Adjusting the dashboard/display brightness NOTE: During this adjustment bear in mind that the illumination will always be greater with the position lights off, whereas with the lights on there will automatically be a decrease in illumination.

MOIL14TR01445FA

Brightness of warning lights and indicator pointers • With the panel powered, press and hold down the switch (3) on the symbol (C) for 3 seconds. • The central display will show the screen (S1). • Release the direction key to pass on to the next screen. • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to increase or on the symbol (D) to decrease the brightness of the warning lights and indicator pointers until you reach the desired brightness. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to save the setting. • Two seconds after saving you are automatically returned to the initial condition. NOTE: If you want to stop the adjustment without saving, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A) to exit the adjustment.

3-54

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

MOIL14TR01444FA

Central display brightness • With the panel powered, press and hold down the switch (3) on the symbol (D) for 3 seconds. • The central display will show the screen (S1). • Release the direction key to pass on to the next screen. • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to increase or on the symbol (D) to decrease the brightness of the central display until you reach the desired brightness. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to save the setting. • Two seconds after saving you are automatically returned to the initial condition. NOTE: If you want to stop the adjustment without saving, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A) to exit the adjustment.

3-55

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Calibrating speed

MOIL14TR01417FA

Check that the circumference of the fitted tires is as shown on the “CAL manual” screen, otherwise it will be necessary to recalibrate the electronic control module to display the precise exact ground speed. It is possible to recalibrate the module, manually or automatically.

Manual calibration To calibrate the module manually, it is indispensable to know the rolling circumference of the new tire. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2); the display will show “CAL”. • Press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will show “CAL manual”. • Press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to change the flashing value, press the symbol (D) to move to the next digit. In this way you enter the rolling circumference of the new tire. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to save the new added measurement. If you want to stop the programming, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A). Press the same symbol again to exit the programming menu.

3-56

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

MOIL14TR01417FA

Auto calibration Select a stretch of dry, firm, level ground (preferably concrete) and carefully measure out a distance of exactly 100 m (328 ft) . Mark the start and finish of this measured distance with a bold chalk line. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2); the display will show “CAL”. • Press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will show “CAL manual”. • Press and release the switch (3) on the symbol (D); the display will show “CAL auto”. • Press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will show “CAL READY”. • Now select a suitable gear to give a constant speed greater than 2 km/h (1.2 mph), and, at the start of the drawn line, press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will flash “CAL ON”. NOTE: The ground speed must be constant and must not drop under 2 km/h (1.2 mph). If the speed is less than as prescribed, calibration will not be successful. • When the middle of the front tires goes over the end line, press the switch (2) again on the symbol (B) and, if the procedure has been performed correctly, the display will show “CAL OK“. Now press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) again to save the setting. If on the contrary the procedure has not been performed correctly the display will show “CAL NOT OK” and the procedure must be repeated. If you want to stop the procedure and quit the programming menu, repeatedly press the switch (2) on the symbol (A). If on the contrary you want to repeat the calibration, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A) until the display shows “CAL auto”. From this position, repeat the procedure, taking care that the tractor speed is constant and greater than 2 km/h (1.2 mph).

3-57

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Calibrating tool width

MOIL14TR01418FB

In order to calculate the work done, the working width of the implement in use must be entered into the memory. To set a working width of 4.5 m (14.8 ft), for example, proceed as described below: • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for longer than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) until screen S1 appears. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B). The display will show the width of the implement used previously on the screen. If it is necessary to change this measurement, proceed as follows: • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) to move onto the number to be modified. • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to increase the number. • Press and release the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to store the value. • If the implement width entered is correct, press the switch (2) on the symbol (B). After 2 seconds, the new measurement of the implement just entered will be shown on the screen. Press the switch (2) again on the symbol (B) to store the new set width, or press the switch (2) on the symbol (A) and repeat the entire programming. NOTE: If you want to stop the procedure and quit the programming menu without changing the displayed implement width, repeatedly press the switch (2) on the symbol (A).

3-58

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Programming maintenance work

MOIL14TR01419FA

This function enables the operator to schedule the maintenance work for two levels of importance: "routine (LIGHT)" or "important (HEAVY)". Proceed as follows: • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) a number of times until the display shows the symbol for programming the maintenance frequency (S1). • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B); The display will show the screen “Heavy” with the hours remaining till the time for maintenance. The setting cannot be changed at this stage. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to change the setting of the first flashing digit. • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to increase the value. Press on the symbol (D) to move onto the next digit. • If you do not want to save the new setting and go back to the start of programming, repeatedly press switch (2) on the symbol (A). • To save the new maintenance schedule, press the switch (2) on the symbol (B). The display will display confirmation on saving the new value. • After two seconds you exit the maintenance work programming menu. NOTE: Near the time for the programmed work, the display will show the warning in hours of work remaining till maintenance. At the end of the count the display will show “Heavy“ followed by a warning message to indicate that the time has expired. At the end of the count, in the maintenance work programming menu, the counter will show three dashes and must be re-programmed as described above.

3-59

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

MOIL14TR01420FA

Setting routine maintenance work • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for longer than three seconds to enter the programming menu. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) a number of times until the display shows the symbol for programming the maintenance frequency (S1). • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B); The display will show the screen “Heavy” with the hours remaining till the time for maintenance. • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D); The display will show the screen “Light” with the hours remaining till the time for maintenance. The setting cannot be changed at this stage. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to change the setting of the first flashing digit (in the above example, the number “five”). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (C) to increase the value. Press on the symbol (D) to move onto the next digit. • If you do not want to save the new setting and go back to the start of programming, repeatedly press switch (2) on the symbol (A). • To save the new maintenance schedule, press the switch (2) on the symbol (B). The display will display confirmation on saving the new value. • After two seconds you exit the maintenance work programming menu. NOTE: Near the time for the programmed work, the display will show the warning in hours of work remaining till maintenance. At the end of the count the display will show “Light “ followed by a warning message to indicate that the time has expired. At the end of the count, in the maintenance work programming menu, the counter will show three dashes and must be re-programmed as described above.

3-60

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Activating/deactivating buzzer

MOIL14TR01415FA

If you want to turn the audible warning on or off each time a button is pressed, proceed as follows: • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) a number of consecutive times until the display shows ”BEEP ON/OFF”. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will show the last setting made, ”BEEP ON” or ”BEEP OFF”. Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) or (C) to change the setting. • ”ON” = warning ”BEEP“ on • ”OFF” = warning ”BEEP“ off • After selecting the desired condition ( ON or OFF) press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to confirm. The display will show “Value ON Saved” when enabling the audible warning or “Value OFF Saved” when disabling it. NOTE: If you want to stop the display, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A). This will automatically take you back to viewing the initial page ”BEEP ON/OFF”. Press the same symbol again to exit the programming menu.

3-61

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Setting units of measurement

MOIL14TR01416FA

If you want to change the unit of measurement, proceed as follows: • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) a number of consecutive times until the display shows ”MPH/km/h”. • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B); the display will show the last setting made, ”MPH” or ”km/h”. Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) or (C) to change the setting. • After selecting the desired unit of measurement, press the switch (2) on the symbol (B). The display will show “Value MPH Saved” or “Value km/h Saved” to confirm the selected unit of measurement. NOTE: If you want to stop the display, press the switch (2) on the symbol (A). This will automatically take you back to viewing the initial page ”MPH/km/h”. Press the same symbol again to exit the programming menu. NOTICE: This selection procedure changes all the units of measurement for the instrument panel, not just the speed.

3-62

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Regenerating the diesel particulate filter (DPF) automatically/ manually A particulate filter (DPF) is a device designed to eliminate the polluting particulate produced by diesel engines from the exhaust gas; when it is clogged, it needs to be regenerated.

WARNING Fire hazard! During the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) forced regeneration process the exhaust stack and fixed hood area becomes extremely hot. Park the machine outside and away from combustible or highly flammable material. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W1165B

The particulate filter can be regenerated automatically or by forcing. NOTE: During the regeneration process there may be a smell of burning or "overheating". Even if the automatic regeneration is enabled, when the level of soot exceeds a certain level, the electronic control unit invites you to proceed with forced filter regeneration. NOTICE: If, when requested, you do not proceed with manual or forced regeneration of the filter, its functionality will be impaired. If you continue to ignore this request, besides a considerable reduction in engine horsepower, the filter will be damaged to such an extent as to require it to be replaced by the dealer. The start of the regeneration process is signalled to the operator on the dashboard's central display as well as by an acoustic signal. The indication is necessary for reasons of safety to warn the operator about the high exhaust temperature reached during the process. The automatic regeneration does not affect the engine performance. During the procedure, the operator can continue working normally. Under certain operating conditions automatic regeneration might not be completed (engine continuously stopping and starting, lengthy periods at idle speed) and it must then be repeated. The start of automatic regeneration, if set, is highlighted on the central display. Every 5 minutes, the symbol shown on left with the word “ON” appears together with a single beep. When the regeneration is finished, the same symbol appears with the word “OFF”.

3-63

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

If the following signals are displayed on the dashboard, it is necessary to proceed as follows:

Regeneration requested Even if the automatic regeneration is enabled, perform forced regeneration.

Warning light on dashboard ON

OFF

Central display

Dangerous threshold â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Low severity Warning light on dashboard

Soft engine derate. Automatic regeneration disabled. Perform forced regeneration.

Central display

Dangerous threshold â&#x20AC;&#x201D; High severity Warning light on dashboard

Hard engine derate. Automatic regeneration disabled. Forced regeneration disabled. Consult your dealer.

Central display

3-64

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Manual regeneration of the particulate filter DPF

MOIL14TR01422FA

To be able, when necessary, to activate manual regeneration, it is necessary to stop work for the entire duration of the procedure ( 15 — 20 min) and set up the following conditions: • engine running, machine stationary and hand brake on • engine at normal operating temperature. • hand throttle at minimum position • foot throttle released • Power Take Off (PTO) not engaged • hydraulic system not active NOTE: should the above-mentioned conditions change during the entire process of regeneration, the operation is stopped. Proceed as follows to activate forced regeneration: • Press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to access the programming menu The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the side of the symbol (D) for a certain number of consecutive times until the display will show the filter symbol (S1). • Press the switch (2) on the side with the symbol (B). • If manual filter regeneration is requested, the display will automatically show “START” with the filter symbol. • Press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B) to move on to the message “WAIT”. Filter regeneration now commences. In this phase, if everything proceeds normally, no action is required by the operator and the control unit will automatically display the various phases of the procedure. • At the end of regeneration the display will show “OFF” with the filter symbol. After two seconds the control unit will automatically return to the initial condition. Press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (A) for a certain number of times until you exit the programming menu.

3-65

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: If during manual regeneration the operator modifies the conditions described above, or other conditions connected with the engine are not satisfactory, regeneration is stopped. The stop is signalled to the operator by the display showing the filter symbol accompanied by the indication “FAIL” and a single beep. After 2 seconds, the control unit restores the condition present at the beginning of regeneration “START”. In this situation, after restoring the conditions prescribed for the operation, it is necessary to press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B) to restart the regeneration procedure.

3-66

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Disabling automatic regeneration of the particulate filter DPF

MOIL14TR01421FA

If you want to disable or enable regeneration of the particulate filter, proceed as follows: • Press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to access the programming menu The central display will show “SETUP MENU”. Release the side with the symbol (B). • Press the switch (3) on the side of the symbol (D) for a certain number of consecutive times until the display will show the filter symbol S1. • Press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B) to display the screen S2, then press the button (B) • YES = automatic regeneration of the filter DISABLED • NO = automatic regeneration of the filter ENABLED • It is possible to change the setting by using the direction keys of the switch (3) on the symbols (C) and (D) to switch from “yes” to “no” and vice versa, then confirm by pressing the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (B). and every 5 minutes the central display will show the following symbol together with a single acoustic signal (beep). If the system setting is suitable for the type of work to carry on, press the switch (2) on the side of the symbol (A) for a certain number of times until you exit the programming menu. NOTICE: It is always advised to keep the automatic regeneration function ENABLED.

3-67

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Viewing error codes

MOIL14TR01423FA

If it is necessary to know the list of error codes or warnings that are stored by the control unit and that are not permanently visible, proceed as described below: • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) for more than three seconds to enter the programming menu. The central display shows the words “SETUP MENU”. Release the switch (2). • Press the switch (3) on the symbol (D) a number of consecutive times until the display shows the error codes screen (S1). • Press the switch (2) on the symbol (B) to view the error codes in memory. The error codes or warnings are displayed in two different ways: • The symbol of the failed component appears on the central display combined with its error code. Stop the work. Contact the authorized dealer. • The central display shows the symbol only. When only the symbol is displayed, this is a warning. The warning symbols indicate conditions. Although these conditions do not compromise the operation of the tractor, these warning symbols should not be ignored. Take appropriate action where necessary. • Press the switch (1) on the symbol (A) to quit viewing error codes. NOTE: The current error codes are displayed in sequence. Each code is displayed three times blinking for four seconds.

3-68

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS###_4_### Starting the unit

BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR CHECKS BEFORE USING THE TRACTOR Before using the tractor, check that you are familiar with the position and function of all the tractor controls. Ensure that the maintenance and lubrication operations described in of this Manual are fully carried out.: After daily maintenance, carry out a visual inspection of the outside of the tractor, paying particular attention to the following points 1. Signs of cracking on the fan belt. 2. Accumulation of dirt around the engine. 3. Signs of leaks or damaged components connected to pressure tubes, sleeves and connectors. 4. Damaged tyres. 5. Loose fasteners. 6. Accumulation of dirt on, or leaks from, the hydraulic pump and connected parts.

Even if you already have experience in using other makes of tractor, this section of the Manual especially must be studied carefully and thoroughly After reading this section in full, ensure that you are fully familiar with the layout and use of the controls. Ensure too that you know the specifications of the tractors in question. Never start the engine and tractor if you have not already familiarised yourself with all the controls. Finding out once the tractor is moving may be too late. If you have any doubts about any functional aspect of the tractor, contact your dealer. Particular attention needs to be paid to the tractor’s running–in period, to obtain the best operating reliability and service life for which it is designed and built.

Always carry out any necessary repairs before using the tractor again.

With regard to the reliability and service life of your tractor, study section Maintenance chart carefully.

BEFORE USING THE TRACTOR

Section Maintenance chart contains details of all the lubrication and general maintenance operations to be carried out on the tractor.

Read this section of the Operator’s Manual carefully before using the tractor. This is particularly important if the tractor is to be used correctly as it contains all the information required on the layout and use of the tractor controls.

Tractor data and specifications are noted in Section Frame - Dimension.

4-1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BOOSTING THE TRACTOR BATTERY ADVICE ON STARTING THE ENGINE WITH A FLAT BATTERY OR NO BATTERY To prevent damage to the alternator and its incorporated voltage regulator follow the procedure below: When the tractor battery is partially discharged, and an auxiliary battery has to be used to start the engine, connect the auxiliary battery to the tractor battery ensuring that the terminal symbols match (positive to positive and negative to negative). Connect the positive lead first followed by the negative lead. Start the engine using the key start switch. When the engine starts, allow it to run at idle speed, turn on all electrical equipment (lights, etc.). This will help protect the alternator from possible damage due to extreme load changes. Now disconnect the auxiliary battery leads. Remove the negative lead first, followed by the positive lead. If you have to start the engine with a totally flat battery or where the tractor does not have a battery remember that: • it is not possible to start the tractor by towing as the electro–magnetically operated injection pump cut–off will prevent the engine from starting • it is however necessary to connect a 12 V auxiliary battery capable of starting the tractor Under normal conditions, the engine must never be run unless plug D+, terminal B+ and the condenser are disconnected from the alternator. When recharging the tractor battery, it must be removed from the tractor to avoid possible damage to the alternator and related circuits. Observe the rule relating to lead connection (positive to positive and negative to negative).

4-2

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING THE ENGINE OPERATION

• Stop the engine before carrying out any service or maintenance operations on the tractor.

Before starting the engine and moving the tractor, follow the instructions written below.

• Use the steps provided for entering and leaving the tractor.

• Do not start or operate the tractor in an enclosed area.

• Keep the guards properly fitted.

• Before starting the engine, check that all controls are in neutral.

• When moving on the roads, signal your intention to stop, turn or slow down.

• All controls must be actuated only from the driver’s seat.

• Use the appropriate warning devices to indicate a slow–moving vehicle.

STARTING THE ENGINE A. If the tractor has not been used for some time, or if started up for the first time at a low surrounding temperature, actuate the fuel pump starting lever around twenty times. B. Ensure that both gear levers are in neutral position. C. Press down the clutch pedal, place the power shuttle control lever (only for power shuttle versions) in neutral and move the servo PTO control lever (only for servo PTO versions) to disengaged position to close the starting safety device switch. D. Move the throttle lever to around the half way position. E. Turn the ignition key to position (C), Release the key as soon as the engine starts.

HOW TO START AND STOP STARTING IN A LOW EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE NOTICE: When the external temperature is low and the engine is cold, cover the radiator before starting so that the engine coolant can quickly reach operating temperature. Then remove the cover. Note the following warnings: • Any single engine starting attempt should not last longer than 15 seconds. If, however, the engine fires but does not start, repeat up to a maximum time of 30 seconds. • Wait at least one minute between attempts to start the engine. • It is advisable not to make more than six attempts to start the engine to avoid excessive battery run–down.

4-3

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

GLOW PLUGS - COLD START AID WARNING Explosion hazard! DO NOT use ether starting fluid. Serious engine damage, explosion, death, or serious personal injury could occur. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0148A

NOTICE: When starting the engine after the tractor has been out of use for some time, avoid using the hydraulic system immediately, as all the moving parts need to be lubricated properly before they are subjected to full load, especially when the external temperature approaches 0°C. Run the engine at 1300 –1500 speed for around 5 minutes to bring the oil in the rear transmission up to working temperature. NOTICE: Before accelerating or starting, let the engine idle at 1000 speed for 30 seconds to ensure that the turbocharger is fully lubricated. NOTICE: If one of the warning lights illuminates to signal a fault, stop the engine and investigate the problem. If the warning light continues to signal a fault, have the machine checked by your authorised dealer. NOTICE: To prevent separation of the paraffin components in the diesel fuel, when the external temperature falls below freezing – leading to a reduction in fluidity and consequent fuel supply problems (especially when starting the engine), use only Winter grade diesel or mix the diesel with a proprietary cold weather additive in the proportions stated on the container. Winter additive must be mixed with the diesel fuel before there is any sign of paraffin separation; adding it later will have no effect on an engine if the cold has already caused the engine to stop running or prevent it being started. Put the additive in the tank first, followed by the diesel fuel. The additive will ensure that there is an optimum fuel supply to the engine without reducing performance, even when the external temperature drops below –20 C

4-4

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING THE TRACTOR • Press the clutch pedal and move the main gear lever and creeper lever to the desired settings (see 3-35, 3-35, and 3-31). • Accelerate the engine as necessary. • Release the handbrake lever and engage the clutch, releasing the pedal slowly. • For tractors with power shuttle transmissions, lift the Power Shuttle lever, moving it slowly in the required travel direction (this operation can only be carried out when seated in the driving position). NOTICE: To extend the service life of the tyres and the transmission components, it is advisable not to use the tractor continuously at full power when working at speeds of less than 7 km/h (4.35 mph), particularly when the tractor is excessively ballasted. It is not advisable to ballast the tractor too heavily when towing heavy loads and travelling at low speeds. Follow the instructions given in this chapter on ballast and hitch components.

4-5

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Stopping the unit

STOPPING THE UNIT STOPPING THE TRACTOR • Reduce engine speed. • Depress the transmission clutch pedal and brake. With the tractor stationary, move the main shift and range gear levers to neutral, release the clutch pedal and engage the handbrake.

4-6

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STOPPING THE ENGINE STOPPING THE ENGINE NOTICE: Before stopping the engine, let it idle at 1000 speed for at least three minutes. â&#x20AC;¢ Turn the ignition key to the STOP position (A).

4-7

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4-8

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS###_5_### Preparing for road transport

CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER LOADING THE TRACTOR ONTO A TRANSPORTER TRANSPORTING THE TRACTOR WARNING Transport hazard! The machine can slip or fall from a ramp or trailer. Make sure the ramp and trailer are not slippery. Remove all oil, grease, ice, etc. Move the machine on or off the trailer with machine centered on the trailer or ramp. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0152A

WARNING Collision hazard! Collision of high speed road traffic and slow moving machines can cause death or personal injury. On roads use transport lighting according to local laws. Make sure the Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem is visible. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

FARMALL

NOTICE: On models fitted with the turbocharger, cover the exhaust outlet to prevent the turbocharger rotating in the wind, resulting in possible damage to the bearings. The turbocharger turbine must be prevented from rotating freely (with the engine off), as the shaft bearings will not be lubricated

W0115A

To transport the tractor it is necessary to load it onto a suitable means of transportation; platform of the truck or trailer equipped with a double axle. Engage the parking brake. Secure the tractor on the vehicle with suitable anchoring belts or chains. Secure the rear of the tractor using the tow bar or tow bar supports and the front of the tractor using the towing hook. NOTICE: Do not hook or connect chains around the front axle drive shaft, the power steering cylinders, the front axle itself or other parts of the tractor which could be damaged either by the chains or excessive strain.

Recovery transport

TOWING THE TRACTOR TOWING THE TRACTOR NOTE: The tractor must only be towed for short distances, for example from inside a building to the outside. It must not be towed for long distances on roads with heavy traffic.

NOTICE: A tractor fitted with Power Shuttle transmission can not be towâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;started and must not be towed other than to remove it from a field or on to a trailer or a truck. When towing the tractor, the speed should not exceed 5 km/h (3.1 MPH) with the engine switched off, or 10 km/h (6.2 MPH) with the engine running.

NOTE: For transport purposes, haul the tractor with all four wheels on a flat bed trailer or truck. 5-1

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

NOTICE: If it is necessary to tow the tractor, all gear levers must be moved to the neutral position before stopping the engine otherwise damage to transmission components may occur during towing. If creeper gears (reduction gear set) are fitted, then the selector control must be in the off position. NOTE: Four wheel drive will be engaged if the engine is not running, regardless of the position of the 4WD activation switch. Use a strong chain when towing the tractor. Tow the tractor from the rear using only the drawbar, rear tow hitch or the threeâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;point hitch. Tow the tractor from the front using the tow pin on the front support. Have an operator to steer and brake the tractor

Flying object! Do not use chains, cables, or rope to pull the machine. If the chain, cable, or rope breaks or slips, it may whip with great force. Use only rigid drawbars or tow bars to pull your machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0328A

WARNING Loss of control hazard! Do not tow the machine faster than 8 kph (5 mph). The steering is much slower and steering wheel effort is much greater without the engine running. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0076A

To avoid damaging the transmission or other components that turn but are not lubricated during towing, observe the following: 1. Only tow for short distances. 2. Keep the speed below 8 km/h (5 mph). 3. If possible, run the engine to provide lubrication and power steering.

WARNING

5-2

WARNING Loss of control! Only tow at safe speeds. Use caution when making corners or meeting traffic. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0126A

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS###_6_### Rear mechanical control

P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS The power take–off fitted on your tractor is used to transfer power from the engine directly to the implement. It can be controlled directly from the engine, or by the tractor’s transmission drive gears. All tractors are fitted as standard with a power take–off at 540 RPM . The power take–off comes in 3 versions: • standard single–speed – 540 RPMrev/min; • optional two–speed – 540/750 (540E) RPMrev/min; • optional two speed – 540/1000 RPMrev/min. When not using the power take–off, always keep safety cover (1), Fig. 1, fitted over the splined output shaft. NOTICE: When you are not using the power take–off and particularly when changing from one speed to another, always check that the shaft fitted on the tractor is the right one for the speed selected. When using any implement requiring a speed of 540 RPM , select 1000 RPM, and vice versa. NOTICE: Never stand on the guard (2), Fig. 1, when the power take–off is operating. NOTICE: Before operating any implement driven by the power take–off, check that the safety clutch (if fitted) on the machine transmission shaft is working properly, i.e.: it slips if overloaded. NOTICE: Never operate any implement connected to the power take–off at a higher speed than that specified.

DANGER Entanglement hazard! Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with the engine running. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0097A

NOTICE: Always check that the plastic guards on the drive shaft are in perfect condition. NOTICE: Always shut off the engine when working on an implement connected to the power take–off. NOTICE: Failure to place both gear lever and range lever into neutral, or apply parking brake during stationary PTO work can cause serious injury or death if one of the control levers are accidentally engaged.

6-1

00481

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

STATIONARY PTO WORK For any stationary PTO application: • Fully engage the parking brake. • Place the gear lever in the neutral position • Place the range lever in the neutral position • Place the shuttle lever in the forward or reverse position NOTE: Failure to follow stationary PTO work instructions may cause forward/reverse transmission synchronizer failure due to lack of lubrication.

INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) POWER TAKE–OFF OPERATION INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE–OFF (MECHANICAL PTO) — Fig. 1, and 2 To operate the power take–off, proceed as follows: • while the power take-off clutch is disengaged - the lever (1), Fig. 1, in FRONT position; • move operation selector lever (1), Fig 2, rearward to position (B) ; • engage the clutch slowly by moving lever (1), Fig 1 to the BACK position so as to start the splined output shaft turning. In this case, operation is totally independent of the tractor ground speed, and you can therefore: • stop the tractor without stopping the power take–off; • stop the power take–off without stopping the tractor (by disengaging the power take–off clutch).

000309

000310

The shaft rotates clockwise, as seen from the rear of the tractor. To disengage the power take-off, move the clutch control lever (1), Fig. 1, to the FRONT position.

NOTICE: When the power take–off is not in use, with an implement connected, the selector lever (1), Fig 2, should be in NEUTRAL position and the clutch control lever (1), Fig. 1, should be in the disengaged position (DOWN). NOTICE: Always check that the plastic guards on the drive shaft are in perfect condition.

6-2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NOTICE: This tractor is fitted with the PTO safety button (3) . When you leave the tractor seat without pushing the button (3) engine stops and PTO engagement lever (1) automatically return to its neutral position. If you want to leave the tractor seat when the PTO is running push the button (3)..

ANIL17TRO0996AA

6-3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) GROUND SPEED POWER TAKE–OFF (OPTIONAL) Figs. 1 and 2 Proceed as follows to operate the power take–off: • move the clutch control lever (1), Fig 1, to the DOWN position; • fully depress the clutch pedal; • after a few seconds, move the selector lever (1), Fig. 2, forward to position (A) and release the clutch pedal.

000118

000119

In this case, the power take–off receives power directly from the transmission. When the tractor is stationary, ground speed power take–off does not turn. Reverse the direction of rotation of the output shaft by moving from forward gear to reverse. NOTICE: Do not engage the ground speed power take–off when the tractor is moving. When using a trailer with a drive axle, it is advised to select the 1000 rev/min power take–off. In any gear, the number of revolutions of the splined output shaft for one revolution of the rear wheels is as follows:

540 rev/min power take–off: – Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A models 8.2 – Farmall 105A and Farmall .115A 8.8 models

750 (540E) rev/min power take–off:

NOTICE: When the power take–off is not in use, with an implement connected, the selector lever (2), Fig. 2, should be in NEUTRAL position and the clutch control lever (1), Fig. 1, should be in the disengaged position (DOWN).

DANGER

– Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A models 11.78 – Farmall 105A and Farmall .115A 12.6 models

Entanglement hazard! Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with the engine running. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

1000 rev/min power take–off: – Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A models 14.8 – Farmall 105A and Farmall .115A 15.8 models

D0097A

6-4

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

ANIL17TRO0996AA

6-5

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) SPEEDS POWER TAKE–OFF SPEED 540 rev/min power take–off The 540 RPM power take–off is equipped with a six–splined 1⅜ in. output shaft (1), Fig. 1 (standard).

540/750 rev/min power take–off This version is available as an option. The six–splined output shaft (1), Fig. 2, is 1⅜ in in diameter, the same as for 540 RPM power take–off. To obtain a speed of 540 RPM or 750 RPM , use the speed selector lever (1), Fig. 1.

BAIL11JX154

BAIL11JX155

540/1000 rev/min power take–off It has two interchangeable output shafts (2), Fig. 1 one 1⅜ in diameter with six splines for speeds of 540 RPM and one 1⅜ in. diameter with twenty–one splines for speeds of 1000 RPM. To change the output shaft, remove the bolts (1), Fig. 2, for power take–off. NOTICE: Use the power take–off at 1000 RPM only after fitting the appropriate 1⅜ in. diameter, 21–splined output shaft from the accessories kit.

Power take–off speeds: PTO Speed (RPM) 540 rpm PTO 540E 750 1000

FARMALL 85A

FARMALL 95A

FARMALL 105A

FARMALL 115A

2200 1715 2382 2381

2200 1535 2132 2261

6-6

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

POWER TAKE–OFF SPEED SELECTION To select power take–off speeds, proceed as described below: • lift the spring–loaded collar (2), Fig. 3, . upward; • position the lever (1), Fig. 3, to the required speed, as indicated by the decal at the base of the lever. Release the spring–loaded collar.

00196

6-7

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Two speed Power Take-Off (PTO) systems 2–SPEED POWER TAKE–OFF (OPTIONAL) For 540/1000 RPM versions an interchangeable PTO shaft is supplied. The speed can be selected simply by replacing splined output shaft (2), Fig. 1. To replace splined output shaft remove the bolts (1), Fig. 1 and fit the 1⅜ in. diameter six–splined shaft for a speed of 540 RPM, or the 1⅜ in. diameter 21–splined shaft for a speed of 1000 RPM. NOTICE: Use the power take–off at 1000 RPM only after fitting the appropriate 1⅜ in 21–splined output shaft from the accessories kit. BAIL11JX157

6-8

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Two speed PTO systems Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A MODELS TRACTOR SPEED IN km/h WITH POWER TAKE-OFF RUNNING AT STANDARD SPEEDS Transmission and range gear 30 km/h (19 mph) version in forward gear (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears - synchro command)

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

RANGE

Power take-off at 540 rev/min, with engine at 2200 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 540 rev/min 1. 1.72 1.78 2. 2.50 2.58 3. 3.60 3.72 4. 5.16 5.33 1. 4.01 4.15 2. 5.83 6.03 3. 8.41 8.69 4. 12.05 12.45 1. 9.45 9.77 2. 13.74 14.19 3. 19.80 20.46 4. 28.36 29.31 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 750 rev/min 1. 1.67 1.72 2. 2.42 2.50 3. 3.49 3.61 4. 5.00 5.17 1. 3.89 4.02 2. 5.65 5.84 3. 8.15 8.42 4. 11.68 12.06 1. 9.16 9.46 2. 13.31 13.75 3. 19.19 19.83 4. 27.49 28.40 Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall .95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 1000 rev/min 1. 1.77 1.83 2. 2.57 2.65 3. 3.70 3.82 4. 5.30 5.48 1. 4.13 4.26 2. 6.00 6.20 3. 8.64 8.93 4. 12.38 12.79

6-9

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

III

1. 2. 3. 4.

9.71 14.12 20.35 29.15

6-10

10.04 14.59 21.03 30.12

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A MODELS TRACTOR SPEED IN km/h WITH POWER TAKE-OFF RUNNING AT STANDARD SPEEDS Transmission and range gear 40 km/h (25 mph) version in forward gear (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears - synchro command)

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

RANGE

Power take-off at 540 rev/min, with engine at 2200 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 540 rev/min 1. 2.04 2.11 2. 3.04 3.14 3. 4.50 4.65 4. 6.60 6.82 1. 4.77 4.93 2. 7.10 7.34 3. 10.51 10.86 4. 15.42 15.94 1. 11.23 11.61 2. 16.71 17.27 3. 24.74 25.56 4. 36.31 37.52 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 750 rev/min 1. 1.98 2.05 2. 2.95 3.04 3. 4.36 4.51 4. 6.40 6.61 1. 4.62 4.78 2. 6.88 7.11 3. 10.18 10.52 4. 14.95 15.45 1. 10.89 11.25 2. 16.20 16.74 3. 23.97 24.77 4. 35.19 36.36 Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 1000 rev/min 1. 2.10 2.17 2. 3.12 3.23 3. 4.62 4.78 4. 6.79 7.01 1. 4.90 5.07 2. 7.30 7.54 3. 10.80 11.16 4. 15.85 16.38

6-11

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

III

1. 2. 3. 4.

11.54 17.18 25.42 37.32

6-12

11.93 17.75 26.27 38.56

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Farmall 85A, Farmall 95A, Farmall 105A and Farmall 115A MODELS TRACTOR SPEED IN km/h WITH POWER TAKE-OFF RUNNING AT STANDARD SPEEDS Transmission and range gear 30 km/h (19 mph) version in forward gear (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears - synchro shuttle)

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

RANGE

Power take-off at 540 rev/min, with engine at 2200 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 105A Farmall 95A Farmall 85A 16.9R38 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R34 tires GEAR (RI:800) (RI:775) (RI:750) 540 rev/min 1. 1.72 1.78 1.72 2. 2.50 2.58 2.49 3. 3.60 3.72 3.60 4. 5.16 5.33 5.15 1. 4.01 4.15 4.01 2. 5.83 6.03 5.82 3. 8.41 8.69 8.40 4. 12.05 12.45 12.03 1. 9.45 9.77 9.43 2. 13.74 14.19 13.71 3. 19.80 20.46 19.77 4. 28.36 29.31 28.32 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A Farmall 95A Farmall 105A 16.9R34 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R38 tires GEAR (RI:750) (RI:775) (RI:800) 750 rev/min 1. 1.67 1.72 1.66 2. 2.42 2.50 2.42 3. 3.48 3.61 3.48 4. 4.99 5.17 4.99 1. 3.88 4.02 3.88 2. 5.64 5.84 5.64 3. 8.14 8.42 8.14 4. 11.66 12.06 11.66 1. 9.14 9.46 9.14 2. 13.29 13.75 13.29 3. 19.16 19.83 19.16 4. 27.44 28.40 27.44 Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 105A Farmall 95A Farmall 85A 16.9R38 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R34 tires GEAR (RI:800) (RI:775) (RI:750) 1000 rev/min 1. 1.77 1.83 1.76 2. 2.57 2.65 2.56 3. 3.70 3.82 3.69 4. 5.30 5.48 5.29 1. 4.13 4.26 4.12 2. 6.00 6.20 5.99 3. 8.64 8.93 8.63 4. 12.38 12.79 12.36

6-13

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 1.72 2.49 3.60 5.15 4.01 5.82 8.40 12.03 9.43 13.71 19.77 28.32

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 1.66 2.42 3.48 4.99 3.88 5.64 8.14 11.66 9.14 13.29 19.16 27.44

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 1.76 2.56 3.69 5.29 4.12 5.99 8.63 12.36

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

III

1. 2. 3. 4.

9.71 14.12 20.35 29.15

6-14

10.04 14.59 21.03 30.12

9.70 14.09 20.32 29.10

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Farmall 85A, Farmall 95A, Farmall 105A and Farmall 115A MODELS TRACTOR SPEED IN km/h WITH POWER TAKE-OFF RUNNING AT STANDARD SPEEDS Transmission and range gear 40 km/h (25 mph) version in forward gear (12 forward gears + 12 reverse gears - synchro shuttle)

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

RANGE

Power take-off at 540 rev/min, with engine at 2200 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 105A Farmall 95A Farmall 85A 16.9R38 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R34 tires GEAR (RI:800) (RI:775) (RI:750) 540 rev/min 1. 2.04 2.11 2.04 2. 3.04 3.14 3.03 3. 4.50 4.65 4.49 4. 6.60 6.82 6.59 1. 4.77 4.93 4.76 2. 7.10 7.34 7.09 3. 10.51 10.86 10.49 4. 15.42 15.94 15.40 1. 11.23 11.61 11.21 2. 16.71 17.27 16.69 3. 24.74 25.56 24.70 4. 36.31 37.52 36.25 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A Farmall 95A Farmall 105A 16.9R34 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R38 tires GEAR (RI:750) (RI:775) (RI:800) 750 rev/min 1. 1.98 2.05 1.98 2. 2.94 3.04 2.94 3. 4.35 4.51 4.35 4. 6.39 6.61 6.39 1. 4.62 4.78 4.62 2. 6.87 7.11 6.87 3. 10.17 10.52 10.17 4. 14.92 15.45 14.92 1. 10.87 11.25 10.87 2. 16.17 16.74 16.17 3. 23.93 24.77 23.93 4. 35.13 36.36 35.13 Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 105A Farmall 95A Farmall 85A 16.9R38 tires 18.4R34 tires 16.9R34 tires GEAR (RI:800) (RI:775) (RI:750) 1000 rev/min 1. 2.10 2.17 2.10 2. 3.12 3.23 3.12 3. 4.62 4.78 4.62 4. 6.79 7.01 6.78 1. 4.90 5.07 4.90 2. 7.30 7.54 7.28 3. 10.80 11.16 10.78 4. 15.85 16.38 15.83

6-15

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 2.04 3.03 4.49 6.59 4.76 7.09 10.49 15.40 11.21 16.69 24.70 36.25

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 1.98 2.94 4.35 6.39 4.62 6.87 10.17 14.92 10.87 16.17 23.93 35.13

Farmall 115A 16.9R38 tires (RI:800) 2.10 3.12 4.62 6.78 4.90 7.28 10.78 15.83

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

III

1. 2. 3. 4.

11.54 17.18 25.42 37.32

6-16

11.93 17.75 26.27 38.56

11.53 17.15 25.38 37.26

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Farmall 85A and Farmall 95A MODELS TRACTOR SPEED IN km/h WITH POWER TAKE-OFF RUNNING AT STANDARD SPEEDS Creeper transmission 30 km/h (19 mph) version in forward gear (20 forward gears + 12 reverse gears - synchro command)

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

Power take-off at 540 rev/min, with engine at 2200 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 2200 rev/min 1. 0.24 0.24 2. 0.34 0.35 3. 0.50 0.51 4. 0.71 0.73 1. 0.55 0.57 2. 0.80 0.83 3. 1.16 1.19 4. 1.66 1.71 1. 1.72 1.78 2. 2.50 2.58 3. 3.60 3.72 4. 5.16 5.33 1. 4.01 4.15 2. 5.83 6.03 3. 8.41 8.69 4. 12.05 12.45 1. 9.45 9.77 2. 13.74 14.19 3. 19.80 20.46 4. 28.36 29.31 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 750 rev/min 1. 0.23 0.24 2. 0.33 0.34 3. 0.48 0.50 4. 0.69 0.71 1. 0.53 0.55 2. 0.78 0.80 3. 1.12 1.16 4. 1.61 1.66 1. 1.67 1.72 2. 2.42 2.50 3. 3.49 3.61 4. 5.00 5.17 1. 3.89 4.02 2. 5.65 5.84 3. 8.15 8.42 4. 11.68 12.06 1. 9.16 9.46 2. 13.31 13.75 3. 19.19 19.83 4. 27.49 28.40

6-17

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

RANGE

III

RANGE

III

RANGE

Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 1000 rev/min 1. 0.24 0.25 2. 0.35 0.36 3. 0.51 0.53 4. 0.73 0.75 1. 0.57 0.59 2. 0.82 0.85 3. 1.19 1.23 4. 1.70 1.76 1. 1.77 1.83 2. 2.57 2.65 3. 3.70 3.82 4. 5.30 5.48 1. 4.13 4.26 2. 6.00 6.20 3. 8.64 8.93 4. 12.38 12.79 1. 9.71 10.04 2. 14.12 14.59 3. 20.35 21.03 4. 29.15 30.12 Power take-off at 750 rev/min, with engine at 2132 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 750 rev/min 1. 0.27 0.28 2. 0.41 0.42 3. 0.60 0.62 4. 0.88 0.91 1. 0.64 0.66 2. 0.95 0.98 3. 1.40 1.45 4. 2.06 2.12 1. 1.98 2.05 2. 2.95 3.04 3. 4.36 4.51 4. 6.40 6.61 1. 4.62 4.78 2. 6.88 7.11 3. 10.18 10.52 4. 14.95 15.45 1. 10.89 11.25 2. 16.20 16.74 3. 23.97 24.77 4. 35.19 36.36 Power take-off at 1000 rev/min, with engine at 2261 rev/min. REAR TYRES km/h (mph) Farmall 85A 16.9R34 Farmall 95A 18.4R34 GEAR tires (RI:750) tires (RI:775) 1000 rev/min

6-18

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

III

1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4.

0.29 0.43 0.64 0.93 0.67 1.00 1.48 2.18 2.10 3.12 4.62 6.79 4.90 7.30 10.80 15.85 11.54 17.18 25.42 37.32

6-19

0.30 0.44 0.66 0.96 0.70 1.04 1.53 2.25 2.17 3.23 4.78 7.01 5.07 7.54 11.16 16.38 11.93 17.75 26.27 38.56

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HYDRAULIC LIFT HYDRAULIC LIFT The hydraulic lift circuit uses transmission lubrication oil which is supplied by a gear pump driven by the engine shaft by means of the engine timing gears. This lift, which can sense the forces on the lower link arms via a torsion bar, enables the following operations to be performed: – position control; – draft control; – float; – mixed control.

00273

00188

00189

With the combined use of levers (1) and (2), Fig. 1 , the user can select and operate the most suitable mode for the implement and conditions in hand.

Lift-O-Matic™ Plus Control switch for fully raising and lowering the lift arms – Fig. 2 and 3 Use the lever to position the implement in an infinite number of positions. In both the lowering phase and the raising phase, the implement stops at the height that corresponds to the position where the lever stops. Raising • Fixed neutral position of the lever. When you move the lever (1) Fig. 2 gradually backwards (A), the implement will rise up. This rise will be proportional to the travel of the control lever. In this condition, when the lever is released it goes back automatically into the central neutral position, while the lift keeps the new set position. • Fixed position of the lever on full height When you move the lever (1) Fig. 2 fully back (A), the implement rises quickly to its full height. In this condition the lever is held in the fully back position. Lowering • Fixed neutral position of the lever. The lever, when moved gradually forwards, causes the implement to lower, which will be proportional to the travel of the control lever. In this condition, when the lever is released it goes back automatically into the central neutral position, while the lift keeps the new set position. • Fixed position of the lever on full lowering. When you move the lever (1) Fig. 2 fully forwards (B), the implement quickly lowers to the limit set beforehand with the position control lever (1) 3 In this condition the lever is held in the fully forward position.

6-20

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

EXTERNAL HYDRAULIC POWER LIFT CONTROLS (where fitted) EXTERNAL LIFT LEVER – Fig. 1 For operations controlled from ground level use the external control lever (1) fig. 24, lifting the lever from its housing. • move the lever in the direction of arrow A to lower the link arms; • move in direction fo arrow B to raise the link arms. NOTICE: Before leaving the tractor seat to operate the external control lever (1), check that: – the parking brake is applied; – the gear shift and range levers are in neutral; – the PTO is disengaged; – the engine is running at idle speed; – the draft control lever (2), Fig. 1 on page , is fully forward.

000311

00278

DANGER Crushing hazard! Activate the external hydraulic control switches only while standing to the side of the machine (outboard of the rear tires). DO NOT climb on the implement or between the implement and the machine when the external hydraulic controls are enabled. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0009B

6-21

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HYDRAULIC LIFT POSITION CONTROL – Move draft control lever (2), Fig. 1, fully forward. – Set the position of the implement, either in or above the ground, by moving the position control lever (1), Fig. 1, forward to lower and rearwards to raise. The movement of the implement will be proportional to the movement of the lever. – Push the lever (1) Fig. 2 back to raise the implement at the headland and push it forwards to lower the implement when you re-start work or when necessary, but do not use the lift control levers. Raise the implement at the headland. Use only the Lift-O-Matic™ Plus control lever (1) Fig. 2. 00278

00187

00276

DRAFT CONTROL – Move position control lever (1), Fig. 3, fully forward. – Set the desired implement depth in the ground by gradually moving the draft control lever (2), Fig. 4 forward. Forward movement of the lever will increase implement depth and rearward movement will reduce the depth. Changes in draft loading are sensed through the lower link arms. The hydraulic system responds by raising or lowering the implement to restore the original draft setting.

6-22

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FLOAT OPERATION – To operate the lift in float mode, i.e. to enable the link arms to float freely, move both levers (1) and (2), Fig. 4, fully forward. – Always use the Lift-O-Matic™ Plus controls (1) and (2), (see Main lift system - Operating) to raise and lower implements at the headland.

00273

00284

NOTICE: When working in float mode, with an implement connected to the power take–off and using the lift, to avoid damaging the universal joint: The lift rods must be connected to the lower arms by inserting the pins in the slots (1), Fig. 5, thereby allowing free movement of the implement.

6-23

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

MIXED CONTROL • Set the desired implement depth in the ground and find the working depth required, as described for draft control. • – When the implement is set at the desired depth, gradually move the position control lever (1) fig. 6, until the link arms start to raise. The lift operates in draft control, but at the same time prevents the implement, if soil with less resistance is encountered, from going too deep. This avoids the risk of bringing soil, which is unsuitable for crop–growing, to the surface. • To lift and lower the implement in and out of work at the headland, always use Lift-O-Matic™switches (See Main lift system - Operating).

00279

LULA1

LULA2

NOTE: Do not use levers (1) and (2) fig. 4 to raise and lower implements as this will change the previously set operating conditions. Use only Lift-O-Matic™ controls (See Main lift system - Operating) at the headland.

LINK UPPER LIMIT ADJUSTMENT– Fig. 7 The height limiter cam is on the right – hand end of the hydraulic rocker shaft. Turn the cam adjuster (1) anti–clockwise to decrease implement height. The cam adjuster is self locking and will remain in position once set. The cam (2) is shown in contact with lever (3) at the maximum height position. To achieve full lift height, turn the cam adjuster fully clockwise until the cam is clear of the lever when the lower links are in the fully raised position.

DANGER Crushing hazard! The engine must be OFF when you do this adjustment. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0141A

NOTE: The height limiter cam only affects operation of the Lift-O-Matic™ button. When the cam comes into contact with the lever, it cancels the signal from the raise button and stops the 3–point linkage from raising further. Repeat the previous step to check for implement to cab clearance. If clearance is inadequate, move the cam further in a anti–clockwise direction. When clearance is satisfactory, proceed to operate.

6-24

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

HYDRAULIC LIFT -CONDITIONS OF USE

000132

A Position control lever. B Draft control lever. D Position control operation. E Draft control operation. F Mixed control. G Float function.

1 Medium consistency soil. 2 Sticky soil. 3 Loose soil. T Constant action time. V Constant descent speed.

6-25

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

THREE POINT HITCH THREE – POINT LINKAGE (CATEGORY II) Tractors with / without cabs – Fig. 1 1. Adjustable length top link. 2. Right–hand lift rod. 3. Telescopic lateral stabilisers 4. Lower links. 5. Left–hand lift rod. 6. Top link attachment bracket.

00481

6-26

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

THREE POINT HITCH Adjustable top link – Fig. 1 The top link (1) can be connected to the attachment bracket via one of two holes. Select the most suitable hole for attaching the implement. Use the upper hole for maximum lift capacity and the greatest implement to cab clearance. Use the lower hole for the best ground penetration. To adjust the top link, rotate the sleeve using the tommy bar (2). Top link length must not exceed 1000 mm ( 39.37 in). The top link can be removed or held by catch (3) when it is not in use. 00096

BRACKET

00481

Top link attachment bracket – Fig. 2 NOTE: When the top link retaining pin (4) fig. 1 is inserted, ensure that the safety tang on the end of the retaining pin is in the smaller hole (2) fig. 2.

Left–hand lift rod – Fig. 3 Adjust the length of lift rod (1) by tightening or unscrewing the lower end (2). Adjust the rod length as necessary so that the implement can be set in its working position parallel to the ground.

6-27

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Right–hand lift rod with sleeve adjustment – Fig. 4 The length of the right-hand lift rod can be adjusted by rotating the sleeve (1). In order to rotate the sleeve (1) it must first be lifted and released from the square key (2) on the lower part of the lift rod. After making the adjustment, lower the sleeve again and make sure it has come back into its seat to prevent accidental rotation.

00284

STABILISER

00284

Telescopic stabilisers – Fig. 5 and 6 To adjust the stabiliser length, proceed as follows: • remove pin (1) to allow free lateral swing of the arms (3); • adjust the opening of the arms (3) by positioning the pin (2) in one of the free holes on the sleeve NOTE: When travelling on roads open to traffic or without an implement, keep both pins inserted as illustrated in Fig. 5to prevent the arms or implement from jolting crosswise. NOTE: Adjust the lateral stabiliser struts, fig. 5, so that the lateral movement of the lower links (1) fig. 6, does not exceed 120 mm (4.72 in) each side.

Float Position – Fig. 6 Limited free movement of the lower links (1) fig. 6 can be obtained by connecting the retaining pins through the slots (2) fig. 6. This is particularly useful when working with wide implements (harrows, cultivators, etc.). NOTE: Lower links (1) are equipped with one additional pivot hole (3) as indicated in the figure 6. For the lifting capacities, see Main lift system - Capacities.

6-28

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING POINTS

MOIL13TR02862FB

The tractor is provided with threaded holes on both sides for connecting implements and auxiliary equipment. The figures illustrate the available fixing holes for your version. NOTE: Use exclusively the holes specified in fig. when mounting auxiliary equipment. The use of different holes for auxiliary applications automatically exonerates CASE IH from all liability in relation to damage to the tractor or injury to persons, resulting from failure to observe the relative regulations. Reference 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15

Dimension 75 mm (2.95 in) 154 mm (6.06 in) 654 mm (25.8 in) 568 mm (22.4 in) 203.0 mm (8.0 in) 103.0 mm (4.1 in) 50.0 mm (2.0 in) 25.0 mm (1.0 in) 200.0 mm (7.9 in) 60.0 mm (2.4 in) 174.0 mm (6.9 in) 525.0 mm (20.7 in) 641.0 mm (25.2 in)

Hol- es 11 12

6-29

Diameter M 20 x 2.5 M 20 x 1.5

Depth 32.0 mm (1.3 in) 43.0 mm (1.7 in)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

MOIL13TR02865EB

Reference 37 39 40 41 42 43 44

Hol- es 38

Dimension 174.0 mm (6.9 in) 75.0 mm (3.0 in) 203.0 mm (8.0 in) 50.0 mm (2.0 in) 50.0 mm (2.0 in) 25.0 mm (1.0 in) 103.0 mm (4.1 in)

6-30

Diameter M 20 x 1.5

Depth 43.0 mm (1.7 in)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lower links LOWER LINK ATTACHMENT For light work – Fig. 1 When operating the tractor in draft or mixed control, install the lower links (See Rear three-point hitch - Localization overview) with the spacers (1) fig. 1 fitted to the inner face of the lower links. This will provide greater lift sensitivity when working with light equipment or light draft loads.

000142

000143

000144

For normal and heavy work – Fig. 2 When operating the tractor in draft or mixed control, fit the spacers (1) fig. 2 to the outer face of the lower links for normal or heavy work. This position, which reduces lift sensitivity, is recommended for medium to heavy implements or draft loads. The figures illustrate the most suitable positions for the above operations.

Conversion Category I to Category II – Fig. 3 To allow both Cat I and Cat II categories equipment to be used, the three–point linkage has: • one 0.74 inches (19 mm) inside diameter bushing (1) for Cat I implements, to be inserted in the spherical bushing at the end of the top link; • a series of 0.86 inches (22 mm) inside diameter bushings (2) for Cat I implements, to be inserted in the spherical bushings at the ends of the lower lift arms. For Cat II equipment given values are namely 1 inch (25.4 mm) and 1.1 inches (28 mm) approximately.

6-31

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

REMOTE CONTROL VALVES AUXILIARY CONTROL VALVES

WARNING

(use and maintenance)

Pressurized system! Before disconnecting the couplers, you must: -lower the connected attachments, -stop the engine, -move the control levers forward and backward to discharge pressure from the hydraulic system. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

INTRODUCTION The main causes for poor operation or breakage of the quick couplers are: • dirt; • type of male quick coupler not compatible, or damaged (dents, for instance);

W0389A

WARNING

• forced extraction of the mail coupler when there is pressure in the hydraulic system.

Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries. Keep hands and body away from any pressurized leak. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper. If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE: Before removing the protective caps for the male connections, remove all the debris that has accumulated on the pressure points to avoid contaminating the hydraulic system. Before disconnecting the couplers you must: – lower the connected attachments; – stop the engine; – move the relevant levers forwards and backwards to discharge pressure from the hydraulic system. When the female couplers are not being used, protect them with the caps supplied (see fig. 1–1).

W0158A

The correct procedure in using and servicing the hydraulic connections is vital for their durability and efficiency.

DANGER Unexpected machine movement! Before starting the engine, be sure all controls are in neutral or disengaged. This prevents the accidental start up of power-driven equipment. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

There follow helpful tips for using the quick couplers correctly and avoiding operational trouble.

D0144A

6-32

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FAULT Engagement impossible.

REMEDY

POSSIBLE CAUSE The male coupler is not compatible. Dirt or soil in the female coupling.

Call your dealer to have the male coupling replaced. Spray solvent inside and outside the female pressure point as in figs. 1–2 and 1–3 and wait for a few seconds for the solvent to react. Perform some hooking/unhooking operations (see fig. 1–4) and if necessary clean again to make the coupling smooth. Difficult engagement. Dirt or soil in the female Spray solvent inside and coupling. outside the female pressure point as in figs. 1–2 and 1–3 and wait for a few seconds for the solvent to react. Perform some hooking/unhooking operations (see fig. 1–4) and if necessary clean again to make the coupling smooth. Dirt or soil in the seal area. Spray solvent inside and Oil leakage from the outside the female pressure female coupling after point as in figs. 1–2 disengagement of the male and 1–3 and wait for connector. a few seconds for the solvent to react. Perform some hooking/unhooking operations (see fig. 1–4) and if necessary clean again to make the coupling smooth. Valve gasket damaged. Call your dealer to have the connector replaced. Internal gaskets damaged. Call your dealer to have the Oil leakage from the female coupling after connector replaced. disengagement of the male connector.

6-33

PERSISTENT TROUBLE -

If coupling is still impossible, contact your dealer to have the linkage replaced.

—

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FAULT Oil leakage from the couplings after engagement.

REMEDY

POSSIBLE CAUSE

PERSISTENT TROUBLE

Dirt or soil in the seal area. Spray solvent inside and outside the female pressure point as in figs. 1–2 and 1–3 and wait for If coupling is still impossible, a few seconds for the contact your dealer to have solvent to react. Perform the linkage replaced. some hooking/unhooking operations (see fig. 1–4) and if necessary clean again to make the coupling smooth. Disconnect the couplers. Gasket damaged. Call your dealer to have the damaged gasket and possible the anti–extrusion ring replaced.

000145

6-34

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

REMOTE CONTROL VALVES QUICK–FIT COUPLERS – Fig. 1 One, two or three control valves (which use the same oil circuit as the hydraulic lift), can be fitted to your tractor for remote control of single–acting and double–acting cylinders. Each valve has two slide lock type female 1/2 in. couplers which can be connected with pressurised male couplers. You can thus connect the control cylinder lines with two hands. NOTICE: The couplers have no breakaway capability with the hoses in them. Remote outlets shown in Fig. 1 on left side (line B) is used to retract the cylinder, on right side (line A) is used to extend the cylinder.

000146

000147

Before fitting and releasing the hoses, first slide the collar of female couplers, but only after first: • switching off the engine; • lowering any implements connected to the lift; • thoroughly cleaning the two parts to be connected. NOTICE: When not using the female couplers, protect them with plastic caps (A) fig. 1.

SINGLE–ACTING/DOUBLE–ACTING SWITCHING – Fig. 2 To switch the control valves to: – Single–acting, slacken screw (1) fig. 2 near to the valve control lever pivot until it stops. – Double–acting, fully tighten (1) fig. 2. When using single acting, in order to accelerate the identification of the coupler to which the implement is to be connected, actuate the valve lever and observe the two lines to which the couplers are connected: the line carrying the oil should move. For greater safety, check that the line to which the implement connected using single acting is on the valve body that connected furthest from the change over screw.

6-35

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

1, 2, 3. Valve control levers for single–acting or double–acting cylinders – Fig. 3 These levers can be used in two positions or in the central neutral position: — forward = down; — back = up.

00186

VALVES WITH FLOAT SETTING (OPTIONAL) Your tractor can be fitted with valves with a float setting for implements requiring this function. To select the float setting, push the relevant valve lever fully forward, past the first detent. A mechanical detent will keep the lever engaged in the float setting. To release the control lever from the float setting, simply pull it up into its rest position.

6-36

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

CONTROL VALVE LEVERS FOR SINGLE OR DOUBLE–ACTING CYLINDERS WITH KICK–OUT (not for all markets) – Fig. 4

WARNING Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries. Keep hands and body away from any pressurized leak. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper. If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

All positions are available on fig. 4 for kick–out applications. – position A = lever (1) back (lower implement); – position C = lever (1) forward (raise implement);

W0158A

Neutral position B and position D are the same as explained previously.

WARNING Pressurized system! Before disconnecting the couplers, you must: -lower the connected attachments, -stop the engine, -move the control levers forward and backward to discharge pressure from the hydraulic system. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Valves with the kick–out feature, the lever will automatically return to neutral position (B) when the hydraulic cylinder has reached the end of its stroke. Valves with the kick–out feature, are factory adjusted to a pressure of 120(+10/–0) bar When a single acting valve is used, the automatic release mechanism works only when lifting. NOTE: detent will hold the lever in the selected raise or lower position until the remote cylinder reaches the end of the stroke when the control lever will automatically return to neutral. Alternatively, the lever may be returned to neutral manually. The lever will not return automatically from the float position

W0389A

WARNING Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries. Shut down the tractor before you make hydraulic connections. Only trained personnel should work with hydraulic systems. If an accident occurs, seek immediate medical assistance from a physician familiar with this type of injury. Use paper or cardboard, NOT BODY PARTS, to check for leaks. Wear protective gloves and eye protection when you work with hydraulic systems. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: When the valve is used as single acting, the automatic release mechanism works only when lifting.

CONTROL VALVE LEVERS FOR SINGLE OR DOUBLE–ACTING CYLINDERS–Fig. 4 There are four possible positions : • position A = lever (1) back (raise implement); • position B = neutral position;

W1230A

• position C = lever (1) forward (lower implement); • position D = lever (1) fully forward in float setting. In this position the cylinder can extend or retract freely, allowing the implement to follow the land contours (not for all markets). Lever remains in position that used.

If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical assistance immediately to prevent serious injury.

6-37

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT

FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT (two wheel drive) WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT To adjust the front wheel track, proceed as follows: • raise the front of the tractor using a jack positioned in the middle of the axle; • release the sliding ends after removing the retaining bolts and nuts (1) and (2), Fig. 1, two on each side (tightening torque: 220 N·m - 22.5 kgm • adjust the length of the steering rods connecting the two wheels by removing the locking screws (3), Fig. 3, (tightening torque: 39 N·m — 4 kgm; • this provides seven possible wheel tracks, as illustrated in Fig. 4. 000150

000151

000152-1

A further larger track width (maximum track) can be obtained by reversing the wheels on their hubs. Only use this maximum track where absolutely necessary. The tightening torque of the wheel to hub locknuts is 115 N·m 11.7 kgm. NOTICE: If the tractor has hydrostatic steering, proceed as described above for the left–hand wheel. For the right–hand wheel, however, after releasing the sliding end of the axle, you must change the hydraulic cylinder’s internal angle, as appropriate, in the following way: • slacken the cylinder hose connectors; • keep screw (3), Fig. 2, loosened; • insert angle adjuster pin (1) in one of the corresponding holes (2), Fig. 3. • tighten the pin (tightening torque: 294 N·m — 30 kgm • tighten screw (3), Fig. 3, (tightening torque: 39 N·m – 4 kgm • check that the hoses are not twisted and tighten the connectors.

6-38

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Illustration of front wheel tracks, 2–wheel drive

BAIL11JX221

Model FARMALL 85A FARMALL 95A FARMALL 105A FARMALL 115A

Tyre dimensions

Wheel tracks mm (in) A B C

N/A

7.50–20

1430

1530

1630

1730

1830

1930

N/A

6-39

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT - 4WD FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEEL WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT FRONT WHEEL TRACKS, 4–WHEEL DRIVE AND REAR WHEEL TRACKS, 2 AND 4–WHEEL DRIVE The front wheels can be fitted with the concave surface of the disc facing inwards or outwards (see fig. 1 ). Tracks of different sizes can be obtained using both these disc positions, as illustrated in figs. 2 and 3. When adjusting the wheel track, ensure that the points of the tyre treads are still facing the direction of forward travel, indicated by an arrow on the tyre walls. 000153

Always check that the front and rear wheels are symmetrically aligned in relation to the tractor’s longitudinal axis.

Front wheels 4WD

NOTICE: Select the appropriate rear track before changing the front one.

The tightening torque of the hub disc locknuts is 255 Nm – 26 kgm (187.98 lb.ft), and the torque of the rim disc locknuts is 216 Nm – 22 kgm (159.06 lb.ft).

Rear wheels 2/4WD The tightening torque of the hub disc locknuts is 255 Nm – 26 kgm (187.98 lb.ft), and that for the rim disc locknuts is 245 Nm – 25 kgm (180.75 lb.ft).

WARNING Crushing hazard! The wheels on this vehicle are very heavy. Always use a wheel remover or chain hoists to remove and install the wheels. Use an assistant as required. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0149A

Always check that the front and rear wheels are symmetrically aligned relative to the tractor’s longitudinal axis.

6-40

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

WHEEL TRACK DIAGRAM FRONT 4WD

FRONT_2WD_TRACK

Model

Tyre dimensions

Wheel tracks mm (in) A B D C

13.6R24

1424

1532

1626

* 1734

1838

1932

2026

2133

13.6R28

1422

1530

1628

* 1735

1822

1930

2028

2135

FARMALL 85A FARMALL 95A FARMALL 105A FARMALL 115A

(*) Factory setting NOTE: Under the EC regulations, the maximum permissible overall width for tractors equipped with standard tail–lights is 2150 mm. With wheels set at maximum track width, the maximum overall width obtainable is

2315 mm for machines with ROPS, and 2510 mm for machines with cab. If these wider settings are adopted, the tail–lights must be mounted to special extendible arms (available on request) so that they can be adjusted to indicate the overall width of the tractor.

6-41

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

WHEEL TRACK DIAGRAM REAR 2WD / 4WD

FR_2_4WD_TRACK

Model FARMALL 85A FARMALL 95A FARMALL 105A FARMALL 115A

Tyre dimensions

Wheel tracks mm (in) A B D C

* 1526

1424

1626

1724

1926

1824

2026

* 1526

1424

1626

1724

1926

1824

2026

* 1528

1424

1628

1724

1928

1824

2028

* 1528

1424

1628

1724

1928

1824

2028

16.9R -- 34

18.4R - 34

16.9R - 38

(*) Factory setting

6-42

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Adjustment of the steering angles STEERING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT With the narrower wheel tracks the tyres might touch the cowling when, with the wheels fully locked, there is the greatest oscillation of the front axle, for instance in deep ploughing when entering and leaving the furrow. To avoid this problem the axle is provided with a steering angle limiting screw (1) that can be adjusted to adapt the steering angle to the track being used. To adjust the steering angle, proceed as follows: • turn the wheels; • Adjust the distance with the screw (1) so that the wheels cannot come into contact with the tractor body. • On termination of adjustment operations, secure the screw (1) with the locknut (2) . 000156

Repeat the same operations for the opposite wheel. NOTE: After adjusting the steering angle, make sure that when the wheels are fully locked, there is at least a 20 mm ( 0.79 in) clearance between the tire or the mudguard and the tractor body.

6-43

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FRONT WHEEL FENDERS FRONT MUDGUARDS 4WD – Fig. 1 (optional) The following adjustments can be made to the front mudguards, to suit the tyres and track setting: Horizontal adjustment: • loosen screws (1) and attach to holes (2) on support bracket (3) . Alternatively, relocate the bolts (5) securing the base (4) to the front axle. Vertical adjustment : • loosen screws (6) and (7) and adjust the height, attaching the mudguard to the holes (8) . Rotation : • loosen screw (7) , remove screw (6) and insert in one of the two slots (9).

6-44

000159

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Wheels

Tires TYRES

• Have the tyres checked by a specialist if one or more of the problems previously explained should occur.

USE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT

• Consult an expert if a tyre is subject to violent shocks even if there are no visible signs of damage.

• When changing tyres, select suitable tyres for the actual tractor use, taking account of the recommended combinations on pages Wheels - General specification. • Do not exceed the permitted load shown on the tyres themselves. • Do not exceed the speeds shown on the tyres, as in addition to overheating, this causes premature wear of the tyres.

• Tyres age even if little used or not used at all. Cracks on the walls, sometimes accompanied by bulges, are a sign of ageing. • Tyres fitted on tractors which are not used for extended periods tend to age more rapidly than those used more often. In this event, it is advisable to raise the tractor from the ground and protect the tyres from direct sunlight.

• Do not fit used tyres where their previous use is unknown. Ask your authorised dealer or a tyre specialist for advice. • After fitting tyres, check that the wheel nuts for tightness after 100 km ( 60 miles or 3 h in operation. Thereafter, check that they are tight on a regular basis. • Do not stand tyres on hydrocarbons (oil, diesel, grease, etc.). • The tyres fitted on your tractor must be checked periodically, paying particular attention to:

WARNING Explosion hazard! Tires must be replaced by skilled personnel with the proper tools and technical knowledge. Unskilled personnel replacing wheels or tires could result in serious physical injuries, tire damage, and/or wheel distortion. Always have a qualified tire mechanic service wheels and tires. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0171A

— the tread, which should wear uniformly; — the walls, which must not have cracks, bulges or abrasions.

TYRE PRESSURES For safe use of tyres with a long service, it is extremely important to observe the following instructions. • Ensure the correct pressures for each axle and for the tyre type. • Ensure tyre pressures are not lower than the correct values, to prevent overheating of the tyres, which can lead to:

BAIL12TD001

6-45

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

— tyre wear; — beading wear; — internal damage; — irregular wear and short service life. • Do not over–inflate the tyres as this can make them more susceptible to damage in the event of impact and, in extreme conditions, the tyre rim can be deformed or the tyre can burst.

BAIL12TD002

BAIL12TD003

• At least once every two weeks, check the tyre pressures, especially when liquid ballast is used. Tyre pressures should be checked only when the tyres are cold, as pressures rise during use, as a result of the tyres heating up. Tyres can be assumed to be cold if they have not been used for at least one hour, or have not covered more than two to three kilometres. Never reduce tyre pressures when the tyres are hot. • When you check tyre pressures, never leave any part of the body in the path of the valve mechanism or cap. NOTICE: The tyre pressures vary depending on the load weighing on the axles.

6-46

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

TIRES - GENERAL INFORMATION LOADING INFORMATION The loading index (LI) is a numerical index indicating the maximum permissible load on the tyre for the speed indicated by the relevant speed code in the conditions specified by the tyre manufacturer.

Loading index per wheel kg lbs LI LI 800 1768 100 120 825 1823 101 121 850 1878 102 122 875 1934 103 123 900 1989 104 124 925 2045 105 125 950 2099 106 126 975 2155 107 127 1.000 2210 108 128 1.030 2276 109 129 1.060 2343 110 130 1.090 2409 111 131 1.120 2475 112 132 1.150 2541 113 133 1.180 2608 114 134 1.215 2685 115 135 1.250 2762 116 136 1.285 2840 117 137 1.320 2917 118 138 1.360 3006 119 139

kg 1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650 1700 1750 1800 1850 1900 1950 2000 2060 2120 2180 2240 2300 2360 2430

LI 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159

lbs 3094 3204 3315 3425 3536 3646 3757 3867 3978 4088 4199 4309 4420 4553 4685 4818 4950 5083 5216 5370

kg 2500 2575 2650 2725 2800 2900 3000 3075 3150 3250 3350 3450 3550 3650 3750 3750 4000 4125 4250 4375

lbs 5525 5691 5856 6022 6188 6409 6630 6796 6961 7182 7403 7624 7842 8066 8287 8564 8840 9116 9392 9669

LI 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179

kg 4500 4625 4750 4875 5000 5150 5300 5450 5600 5800 6000 6150 6300 6500 6700 6900 7100 7300 7500 7750

lbs 9945 10221 10497 10774 11050 11381 11731 12044 12376 12818 13260 13591 13923 14365 14807 14807 15691 16133 16575 17127

SPEED CODE The speed code indicates the speed at which the tyre can transport a load corresponding to its loading index in the conditions specified by the manufacturer:

Speed code SYMBOL A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B C D

mph

km/h 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 65

3 6 9 12 16 19 22 25 31 37 40

NOTICE: Respecting the limits in the tables will ensure that the tyres both perform well and are longâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;lasting. Overloading tyres substantially reduces their service life. NOTE: The values in these tables are also marked on the walls of the tyres themselves.

6-47

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

TYRE DATA AND PRESSURES FRONT WHEELS 2WD ( X )= AVAILABLE (NA) = NOT AVAILABLE

Tyres

Ply rating (PR)

Rim size

Model

8 7.50–16 7.50–18 7.50-20 9.00–16

X X X X

5.50 F – 16 5.50 F – 18 5.50 F – 20 W8 – 16

FARM ALL 95A

FARM ALL 105A

FARM ALL 115A

NA X X X

NA NA NA NA

FRONT TYRES 4WD MODELS

Max. FARM Loading pressure FARM bar (Psi) ALL 85A ALL 95A index

FARM ALL 105A

FARM ALL 115A

Tyres

Rim size

Speed code

11.2R-24 360/ 70R-20 12.4R-24 360/ 70R-24 320/ 70R-24 13.6R-24 14.9R-24 13.6R-28

W10--24

119

1.4 (20.3)

11X20 W10--24

A8 A8

120 119

1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2)

NA X

NA NA

W10--24

122

1.6 (23.2)

W10X24 W12--24 W12--24 11X20

A8 A8 A8 A8

116 121 125 123

1.4 (20.3) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2)

X X NA NA

NA X NA NA

NA X X X

REAR TYRES 2/4WD

Tyres

Rim size

Speed code

Pressure bar (Psi)

480/70 R30 360/70 R24 480/70 R34 540/65 R34 540/65 R38 480/70 R38

W15L-30 W11–24 W18L-34 W18L-34 W18L-38 W16L-38

A8 A8 A8 A8 A8 A8

1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2) 1.6 (23.2)

FARMALL FARMALL FARMALL FARMALL 85A 95A 105A 115A X X X X NA NA

6-48

X X X X NA NA

NA NA NA X X X

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tire combinations TYRE COMBINATIONS RECOMMENDED COMBINATIONS 2WD ( X ) = AVAILABLE (NA) = NOT AVAILABLE

Front tyres

Rear tyres

FARMA LL 85A

FARMA LL 95A

FARMA LL 105A

FARMA LL 115A

7.50–16 7.50–16 7.50–16 7.50–18 7.50–18 7.50–18 7.50–18 9.00–16 7.50–20 9.00–16 7.50–20 9.00–16 9.00–16 9.00–16

12.4R-36 16.9R-30 420/70R–30 13.6R-36 18.4R-30 480/70R-30 13.6R-38 16.9R-34 480/70R-34 480/70R-34 18.4R-34 18.4R-34 16.9R-30 480/70R-30

NA X NA X X X X X NA NA NA NA NA NA

NA NA NA NA X NA X X X X X X NA NA

NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

6-49

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

RECOMMENDED COMBINATIONS 4WD ( X ) = AVAILABLE (NA) = NOT AVAILABLE Front tyres 11.2R-24 11.2R-24 360/70R-20 12.4R-24 11.2R-24 12.4R-24 (320/70R24) 12.4R24 (320/85R24) 360/70R24 320/70R24 12.4R–24 13.6R–24 360/70R24 13.6R–24 (340/85R24) 14.9R-24-20 13.6R-28

Rear tyres FARMA LL 85A

FARMA LL 95A

FARMA LL 105A

FARMA LL 115A

12.4R-36 16.9R-30 420/70R-30 13.6R-36 13.6R-36 13.6R36

NA X NA X X X

NA NA NA NA NA NA

18.4R-30 (460/85R30) 18.4R-30 480/70R-30 13.6R-38 16.9R-34 480/70R34 18.4R-34 (460/85R34) 18.4R-34 360/70R24

X X X X NA NA

X NA X X X X

NA NA NA X NA NA

NA NA

X X

6-50

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Tire pressures TYRE PRESSURES DRIVE MODELS

FOR

FOUR-WHEEL

FARMALL 85A AND FARMALL 95A MODELS

NOTE: â&#x20AC;&#x201D; pressures are expressed in bar (Psi).

Tyre combinations Front

Rear

12.4 R24 (320/85 R24)

18.4 R30 (480/85 R30) 18.4 R30 (480/85 R30) 480/70 R30 13.6 R 38 (340/85 R38) 16.9 R34 (420/85 R34) 16.9 R34 (420/85 R34) 480/70 R34 540/65 R34

360/70 R24 320/70 R24 12.4 R24 13.6 R24 (340/85 R24) 360/70 R24 380/70 R24 420/65 R24

Tyre pressures 30/40 km/h (19/25 mph) GOOD YEAR Front Rear

6-51

1.4 (20.3)

1.4 (20.3) 1.2 (17.4)

1.4 (20.3)

1.2 (17.4)

1.4 (20.3) 1.4 (20.3) 1.4 (20.3)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FARMALL 105A and FARMALL 115A Tyre combinations Front

Rear

13.6 R24 (640/85 R24)

16.9 R34 (420/85 R34) 18.4 R34 (460/85 R34) 540/65 R34 16.9 R38 540/65 R38 480/70 R38

14.9 R24 440/65 R24 13.6 R28 440/65 R28 380/70 R28

Tyre pressures 30/40 km/h (19/25 mph) GOOD YEAR Front Rear

6-52

1.5 (21.8)

1.4 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6

(20.3) (23.2) (23.2) (23.2) (23.2)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

BALLASTING AND TIRES

IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) CAST IRON BALLASTING If your tractor requires high traction power, the drive wheels may slip due to insufficient grip on the ground, causing loss of power and speed, increased fuel consumption and premature tyre wear. We therefore advise fitting cast–iron rings as ballast on the drive wheels, or ballasting wheels with cast–iron discs or water as described 6-54 . When using very long and heavy implements which could affect the longitudinal stability of the tractor, ballast the front axle by fitting the appropriate cast–iron counterweights.

000367

000161

Front end weights (Optional) – Fig. 1 4, 6 or 8 cast-iron counterweights with handles, each weighing 40 kg ( 88 lb) and support bracket weighing 60 kg ( 176 lb ), for a total of 220 kg ( 485 lb ), 300 kg ( 661 lb ) or 380 kg ( 837 lb).

Rear Wheel Weights – Fig. 2 4 or 6 cast-iron rings, each weighing 50 kg ( 110 lb ), for a total of 200 kg ( 440 lb ) or 300 kg ( 660 lb ).

6-53

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

LIQUID BALLAST LIQUID BALLASTING CONNECTORS FOR FILLING DRAINING WATER – Fig. 1

AND

1. Connector for filling up water (1). 2. Water drainage tube (2). 3. Air line attachment (3). 4. Water drainage tube (4). Water can be used to ballast the rear tyres if there is no danger of freezing. NOTICE: Water pressure filled–up must never exceed 4 bar (kg/cm²).

HOW TO FILL–UP THE TYRES WITH WATER:

BAIL11JX208

• remove connector (1) , tighten up the tyre valve and inflate with air to the specified pressure.

• raise the wheel off the ground and move the tyre valve to its highest position; slacken the valve inner and wait for the tyre to deflate;

HOW TO DRAIN WATER FROM THE TYRES:

• slacken the valve inner and wait for the tyre to deflate;

• raise the wheel off the ground and move the tyre valve to its lowest position;

• lower the wheel until the tyre is around 30% flat to prevent the weight of the water damaging the inner tube; • screw connector CASE IH No. 291885 onto the valve seat and fit the water tube to connector (1) remembering to disconnect it when the tyre starts to swell in order to let air out; • when water escapes from connector (1) the tyre is 75% full. If you wish to fill–up less water, or achieve a lower weight, position the wheel so that the valve is lower;

• unscrew the valve seal and drain the water; • screw connector CASE IH No. 291886 onto the valve seat, tubes (2) and (4) will come into contact with the inner tube; • fill–up pressurised air through attachment (3) , the remaining water will escape through tubes (2) and (4); • remove the connector and replace it with the valve seal, then inflate the tyre to the specified pressure.

Front tyres 4WD Tyres 11.2–24 12.4–24 360/70R–24 13.6–24 320/70R–24 14.9–24 13.6–28

Water (1) kg (litres)

Ibs

90 115 100 120 70 150 119

199 254 220 265 154 331 262

(1) The quantities of water for each tyre shown in the table may differ depending on the tyre manufacturer.

Rear tyres 4WD

Tyres

Water (1) kg (litres)

Ibs

16.9–30 480/70R–30 18.4–30 13.6–38 16.9–34 480/70R–34 18.4–34 16.9R–38

250 255 320 190 280 285 360 275

551 562 705 419 617 628 794 606 6-54

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

(1)The quantities of water for each tyre shown in the table may differ depending on the tyre manufacturer.

FILLING WITH WATER The quantity of water required for each tyre is only approximate.

FILLING TYRES WITH ANTIFREEZE SOLUTIONS To prevent freezing water damaging the tyres, use a solution of neutralised calcium chloride (in flakes) instead of pure water.

Prepare the solution by filling the water required into a container and adding the calcium chloride a little at a time, stirring continuously. The quantities of water and chloride required to make sufficient antifreeze solution to fill each tyre to 75% are shown in the tables on the next page. NOTICE: Always add the calcium chloride flakes to the water. Pouring water into chloride can be dangerous. NOTICE: You are advised to contact your tractor tyre manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s specialist to ensure that you fill the tyres correctly.

6-55

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

LIQUID BALLAST FILLING FRONT TYRES WITH ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION, FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS

You are therefore advised to contact your local tyre specialist.

The figures given in the table below are for information only as they may vary depending on the type of tyres us

Minimum temperatures – 10 °C ( – 5 °C ( 23 °F) 14 °F)

TYRE DIMENSIONS Water kg Calcium Water kg (litres) chloride (lbs)

kg (lbs)

11.2–24

86 (190)

10 (22)

12.4–24

110 (243) 12 (27)

360/70R–24

96 (212)

13.6–24

115 (254) 13 (29)

14.9–24

144 (318) 16 (35)

11 (24)

– 15 °C ( 5 °F) – 20 °C ( -4 °F)

Water Calcium kg chloride (litres) (litres) kg (lbs) (lbs) (lbs) 83 (183) 17 (37) 87 (192) 106 104 22 (48) (234) (230) 92 (203) 19 (42) 90 (199) 110 108 23 (51) (243) (238) 138 135 28 (62) (304) (298)

6-56

Water Calcium kg chloride (litres) kg (lbs) (lbs) 22 (48) 79 (174) 101 28 (62) (223) 25 (55) 88 (194) 106 30 (66) (234) 132 37 (81) (291)

– 25 °C (– 13 °F)

Calcium Water kg Calcium chloride chloride (litres) kg (lbs) kg (lbs) (lbs) 27 (59)

77 (170)

31 (68)

34 (75)

100 (221) 39 (86)

30 (66)

86 (190)

41 (90)

103 (227) 41 (90)

45 (99)

129 (285) 51 (112)

34 (75)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

FILLING REAR TYRES WITH ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION, TWO AND FOUR–WHEEL DRIVE MODELS The figures given in the table below are for information only as they may vary depending on the type of tyres used. You are therefore advised to contact your local tyre specialist.

TYRE DIMENSIONS 16.9–30 480/70R–30 18.4–30 13.6–38 16.9–34 480/70R–34 18.4–34

Minimum temperatures – 5 °C 23 °F – 10 °C 14 °C

– 15 °C 5 °F

– 20 °C – 4 °F

Water Water kg Calcium kg (litres) chloride (litres) (lbs) kg (lbs) (lbs) 230 240 (529) 28 (62) (507) 235 245 (540) 28 (62) (518) 294 307 (677) 35 (77) (648) 175 182 (401) 21 (46) (386) 258 269 (593) 31 (68) (569) 262 274 (604) 31 (68) (578) 331 345 (761) 39 (86) (730)

Water kg (litres) (lbs) 225 (496) 162 (357) 288 (635) 171 (377) 252 (556) 257 (567) 324 (714)

Water kg (litres) (lbs) 220 (485) 230 (507) 282 (622) 167 (368) 246 (542) 251 (553) 316 (697)

Calcium chloride kg (lbs) 48 (106) 48 (106) 61 (135) 36 (79) 53 (117) 54 (119) 68 (150)

6-57

Calcium chloride kg (lbs) 63 (139) 48 (230) 80 (176) 48 (106) 70 (154) 71 (157) 90 (198)

– 25 °C – 13 °F

Water Calcium kg chloride (litres) kg (lbs) (lbs) 215 75 (165) (474) 224 77 (170) (494) 275 96 (212) (606) 163 57 (126) (359) 241 84 (185) (531) 245 86 (190) (540) 108 309 (238) (681)

Calcium chloride kg (lbs) 85 (187) 87 (192) 109 (240) 65 (143) 95 (209) 97 (214) 122 (269)

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

MAXIMUM PERMITTED WEIGHTS MAXIMUM PERMITTED WEIGHT

• increased fuel consumption;

Correct static weight distribution guarantees maximum tractor efficiency and productivity, and extends the service life of tractor components.

• excessive compacting of the soil;

NOTICE: The total weight of the tractor, including all types of ballast and the weight of the implements carried, must not exceed the limits given in the table below. Working with the tractor fitted with excessive ballast can cause:

• damaging overload of the transmission components with a consequent increase in running costs. When using the tractor in the field, it is extremely important to have the maximum power available for using implements; therefore avoid losing power through excessive ballast.

• reduction in available power to operate the implement connected and reduced productivity as a consequence;

Model

FARMALL 85A FARMALL 95A FARMALL 105A FARMALL 115A

Maximum operating weight with implement mounted kg (lbs) (**)

Maximum permissible axle weight

2WD

4WD

Front axle 2WD kg (lbs)

Front axle 4WD kg (lbs)

Rear axle kg (lbs)

— 5600 (12346) — —

5800 (12787) 6000 (13228) 6500 (14330) 6500 (14330)

2500* (5512) 2600* (5732) -

2800* (6173) 3000* (6614) 3000* (6614) 3000* (6614)

4150 (9149) 4250 (9370) 4250 (9370) 4250 (9370)

(*) at max speed and max track. (**) Maximum tractor weight with mounted implement raised off the ground..

The admissible static rear axle weights given are for tractors with ballast including equipment carried raised from the ground.

Maximum permissible weights on axles with limitations

Model FARMALL 685A FARMALL 95A FARMALL 105A FARMALL 115A

Maximum on road kg (lbs) 5800 6000 6500 6500

(12787) (13228) (14330) (14330)

(*) for low speed 10 km/h and at min track.

Maximum permissible axle weight Front axle 2WD Front axle 4WD Rear axle kg (lbs) kg (lbs) kg (lbs) 3000* (6614) 3000* (6614) -

4000** 4000** 4000** 4000**

(8819) (8819) (8819) (8819)

4150 4250 4250 4250

(9149) (9370) (9370) (9370)

(**) for low speed 10 km/h and at medium track; (use with front loader, not permitted on road).

6-58

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

NOTICE: Do not use ballast systems other than those indicated. Do not ballast the tractor unnecessarily; not only is it superfluous, it can also damage the tractor.

NOTICE: With mounted implements fitted to the rear of the tractor, it is a good idea to fit a minimum 20% extra weight on the front axle. The maximum vertical load of the drawbar is given in the table below:

000162

Bar Model Maximum vertical load (kg) Max. load on drawbar (kg) 850 pin 1 Max. load on drawbar (kg) 720 pin 2

Max. load on drawbar (kg) 620 pin 3

6-59

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

STATIC WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION STATIC WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION ON THE TRACTOR – Fig. 1 Add or remove ballast from the tractor once it is fully equipped, until a balanced static weight distribution is achieved for the implement actually used, taking care not to exceed the maximum operating weights given on Brakes and controls - Weight.

The weight distribution percentages given for the four–wheel drive models are indicative only and relate to the total weight of the fully equipped tractor complete with ballast.

000369

REAR AXLE 60%

FRONT AXLE 40%

6-60

7 - MAINTENANCE

7 - MAINTENANCE###_7_### General information

GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE DANGER Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident. Do not operate this machine or perform any lubrication, maintenance, or repair on it until you have read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance, and repair information. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0010A

DANGER Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident. Any unauthorized modifications made to this machine can have serious consequences. Consult an authorized dealer on changes, additions, or modifications that may be required for this machine. Do not make any unauthorized modifications. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. D0030A

WARNING Avoid injury! Always do the following before lubricating, maintaining, or servicing the machine. 1. Disengage all drives. 2. Engage parking brake. 3. Lower all attachments to the ground, or raise and engage all safety locks. 4. Shut off engine. 5. Remove key from key switch. 6. Switch off battery. 7. Wait for all machine movement to stop. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W1023A

WARNING Maintenance hazard! Before you start servicing the machine, attach a DO NOT OPERATE warning tag to the machine in a visible area. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0004A

WARNING Maintenance hazard! Always perform all service procedures punctually at the intervals stated in this manual. This ensures optimum performance levels and maximum safety during machine operation. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0132A

WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident. Read and understand the SAFETY INFORMATION Section before you perform any maintenance, service, or repairs. Read and understand the specific service procedures for the components you plan to work with before you start servicing the machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0138A

7-1

7 - MAINTENANCE

WARNING Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident. If you do not understand a maintenance procedure, or doubt your ability to perform a maintenance procedure correctly, see your authorized dealer. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0157A

WARNING Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required. When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0353A

WARNING Moving parts! Install all covers, panels, and guards after servicing or cleaning the machine. Never operate the machine with covers, panels, or guards removed. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0135A

WARNING Avoid injury and/or machine damage! After installation or service, make sure you remove all tools from the machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0902A

7-2

7 - MAINTENANCE

INTRODUCTION This section gives full details of the maintenance procedures required to keep your tractor in optimal working conditions. The lubrication and maintenance table provides rapid reference for this purpose.

Maintenance frequency The maintenance intervals at set times, given in this section, apply when the tractor is used under normal and not harsh conditions. These maintenance intervals should be reduced even on a daily basis if necessary when there are adverse conditions (humidity, mud, sand, great dustiness, etc.). Shortening the maintenance interval is particularly recommended for the following parts: • Cleaning the cab air filters (use in humid or particularly dusty places). • Radiator cores (use in particularly dusty places). • Lubricators (use in particularly muddy places).

Environmental protection Always bear in mind the environmental protection rules before servicing this machine and before disposing of old fluids, lubricants and filters. • Do not pour oil or fluids on the ground, down drains or into containers that can leak. • Dispose of all old fluids, lubricants and filters in accordance with local regulations. • Check with your local environmental recycling center or your local dealer for correct information. When it is necessary to refill the fuel tank, or top up or change the oil, always place a container under the component to collect any spillage. The products mentioned are pollutants and we must therefore prevent them from contaminating the environment in which we live.

Preventing system contamination To prevent contamination when changing oils, filters, etc., always clean the area around filler caps, level and drain plugs, dipsticks and filters prior to removal. Before connecting auxiliary cylinders, ensure that oil contained within them is clean, has not degenerated due to long storage and is of the correct type. To prevent dirt entering, clean the lubricating fittings before lubrication. Wipe excess grease from the fitting after greasing.

7-3

7 - MAINTENANCE

DIESEL FUEL QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS WARNING Fire hazard! When handling diesel fuel, observe the following precautions: 1. Do not smoke. 2. Never fill the tank when the engine is running. 3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0099A

Fuel specifications

Refueling

The quality of fuel used is an important factor for the engine's subsequent performance and satisfactory service life. Fuels must be clean, well- refined, and non- corrosive to fuel system parts. Ensure that good quality fuel is used from a reliable source.

Before filling the tank, clean the area around the filler cap to prevent foreign bodies getting inside and contaminating the fuel. Remove the cap and place in a clean area during refuelling. After refuelling replace the cap and tighten it fully.

Storing fuel

Fuel tank capacity: 121.0 L (32.0 US gal) for 4WD 110.0 L (29.1 US gal) for 2WD

Take all necessary precautions to ensure that stored fuel is not contaminated by dirt, water or any other substance. Store fuel in black iron drums, not zinc drums as the zinc coating reacts with the fuel and forms compounds which contaminate the injection pump and injectors.

NOTE: If the fuel tank cap should be lost or damaged, replace it with an original spare part.

Decanted and filtered

Shelter the storage drums from direct sunlight and tilt them slightly so that sediment inside can be removed through the outlet pipe.

NOTICE: The Diesel fuel approved for your tractor's engine must comply with the EN590 standard (or the equivalent).

To facilitate removal of damp and sediment, fit a drainage plug at the lowest point on the opposite end to the outlet pipe.

Be aware that use of diesel not complying with the above mentioned Specification Standard could lead to severe damage to the engine and to the fuel system. In addition, bear in mind that use of fuels that are not approved can invalidate the terms of Warranty.

If fuel is not filtered from the storage tank, put a funnel with a fine mesh screen in the fuel tank filler neck when refueling. Organize fuel supplies so that summer fuel is not kept for too long and then used in winter.

NOTICE If using Biodiesel fuel, its percentage must not exceed 7%.

7-4

7 - MAINTENANCE

BIODIESEL FUEL - Biodiesel fuels Biodiesel fuel usage in CASE IH products

The following standards apply to biodiesel fuel blends:

Introduction to biodiesel fuel Fatty Acid Methyl Ester (FAME) biodiesel fuel, called biodiesel fuel in the following paragraphs, consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils that producers treat with methyl esters. There are two main biodiesel fuel types: Rapeseed Methyl Ester (RME) and Soybean Methyl Ester (SME). RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester. RME is the preferred crop in Europe. SME is the preferred crop in the United States. Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its use and development is promoted worldwide, especially in Europe and in the United States. NOTICE: It is imperative that you check with your CASE IH dealer to learn which biodiesel fuel blend CASE IH approves for use in your engine. Be aware that the use of biodiesel fuel blends that do not comply with ASTM D6751 could cause severe damage to the engine and fuel system of your machine. The use of non-approved biodiesel fuel blends may void CASE IH Warranty coverage. Biodiesel fuel blends use the following labels to indicate the percentage of biodiesel fuel in the blend: • B5: indicates the blend of 5% biodiesel fuel and 95% diesel fuel. • B7: indicates the blend of 7% biodiesel fuel and 93% diesel fuel. • B20: indicates the blend of 20% biodiesel fuel and 80% diesel fuel. • B100: indicates 100% biodiesel fuel. Biodiesel fuel has several positive features in comparison with diesel fuel: • Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel. Additional lubricity is beneficial in many circumstances, particularly as fuels contain less sulfur and aromatics. • Biodiesel fuel has a greater cetane number and burns more cleanly.

• United States Diesel Fuel Specification ASTM D6751 allows up to 5% biodiesel since 2009. United States fuel suppliers are allowed to use up to 5% biodiesel fuel (B5) to supply the network. • United States Biodiesel Fuel Specification ASTM D7467 provides specifications for diesel and biodiesel blends from B5 to B20. The following standards apply to pure biodiesel fuel (B100): • ASTM D6751 - Standard specification for biodiesel fuel blend stock (B100) for middle distillate fuels. NOTE: ASTM updated ASTM D6751 to improve the quality of biodiesel in the market place. Before producers can convert raw oil into usable biodiesel fuel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glycerides. During the transesterification process, the oil reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerin from the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel) and glycerin (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps or other products). NOTICE: CASE IH only approves transesterified biodiesel fuel blends that comply with ASTM D6751. NOTICE: Non-transesterified fuels made from rapeseed oil or similar high oil content crops include cold-pressed biodiesel, cold-pressed oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel. Because these types of fuel are not transesterified, they do not fulfil the requirements of ASTM D6751. There is no recognized quality standard available for these types of fuel; therefore, CASE IH DOES NOT APPROVE the use of cold-pressed biodiesel, cold-pressed oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unrefined vegetable oils as motor fuel at any blend in any CASE IH product. NOTICE: CASE IH will discontinue Warranty coverage of any engine equipment and fuel injection equipment you fit to a CASE IH machine that is found to have run with blend of NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel that does not fulfill the requirements of ASTM D6751).

• Biodiesel fuel produces less particulate matter and reduces smoke emissions.

Biodiesel fuel usage conditions

• Biodiesel fuel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic.

You must stringently follow the biodiesel fuel usage conditions. Incorrect application of the biodiesel fuel usage conditions could lead to severe damage to the engine and fuel injection equipment and aftertreatment system.

Specifications for diesel fuel and biodiesel fuel

The main concerns about operation of equipment with biodiesel fuels are:

The following standards apply to diesel fuel specifications: • ASTM D975, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils. ( 15 ppm sulfur maximum.)

• Filter and injector blockage caused by poor fuel quality • Wear and corrosion of internal components due to water content, which affects lubricity

7-5

7 - MAINTENANCE

• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in the fuel system • Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation of deposits that may harm the fuel injection system NOTICE: CASE IH Warranty will not cover any problem in the engine fuel injection equipment that results from non-compliance with the following conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and biodiesel fuel maintenance. Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who understands the product and maintains acceptable fuel quality. It is highly recommended that you use biodiesel from BQ 9000 accredited suppliers to maintain the quality and consistency of the fuel. The BQ 9000 Quality Management Program is accredited by the National Biodiesel Board for producers and marketers of biodiesel fuel. See the National Biodiesel Board website at www.biodiesel.org for more information. The supplier must pre-blend biodiesel fuel. Mixing biodiesel fuel blends on-site can result in an incorrect mixture that may damage the engine and/or fuel system.

Maintenance intervals For machines using the all-electronic engines with a highpressure common rail fuel system, the use of biodiesel blends up to B20 reduces the engine oil and filter change interval to 250 h. For all engines, see the operator’s manual for specific maintenance intervals. Check all hoses, connections and gaskets to ensure integrity and cleanliness every 3 months or 150 hours of operation, whichever comes first. Regular oil sampling is highly recommended to monitor for oil deterioration and engine deterioration. NOTE: Oil sampling kits are available from your authorized CASE IH dealer. When switching back from biodiesel to regular #2 diesel, you should change all fuel filters, oil and oil filter even if the changeover falls between routine service intervals.

For machines using Tier 4A (interim) and Stage IIIB engines with an exhaust aftertreatment system, the use of biodiesel blends above B5 through B20 will not void the CASE IH warranty as long as you stringently follow these conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance:

Storage

1. If you use a biodiesel blend stock to ASTM D6751, you must take special precautions. Ensure that the biodiesel blend stock fully complies with the following special requirements: • Group I Metals content (sodium and potassium) must be less than or equal to 5 mg/kg per EN14538. • Group II Metals content (calcium and magnesium) must be less than or equal to 5 mg/kg per EN14538. • Phosphorus content lower than 4 mg/kg is a mandatory requirement (per ASTM D4951). 2. The resulting greater than B5 through B20 blend must not exceed 1 mg/kg for Group I Metals (sodium and potassium) and for Group II Metals (calcium and magnesium). NOTICE: For machines using Tier 4A (interim) and Stage IIIB engines with an exhaust aftertreatment system in regions where the biodiesel fuel blend stock is supplied to the ASTM D6751 standards, it is essential that evidence of compliance to the special limits for Group I Metals, Group II Metals and the reduced phosphorus content specified above be obtained on every delivery of fuel from the fuel supplier. Failure to comply with this requirement can result in damage to the catalyst of the aftertreatment system that will not be covered under warranty.

NOTICE: CASE IH may void your warranty if the problem is associated with poor fuel quality due to improper blending. It is the responsibility of the fuel supplier and/or yourself to ensure the right type of fuel and blend is delivered and used.

You should not store the machine for more than three months with biodiesel fuel in the fuel system. For longer storage time, CASE IH strongly suggests that you use only regular #2 diesel fuel. NOTE: If you must store a machine for longer than 3 months, you must run the engine on regular #2 diesel fuel for a minimum of 20 h prior to storage. This will flush the biodiesel fuel out of the fuel system. Biodiesel fuel is highly hygroscopic and tends to collect water more than diesel fuel. Water collection increases the risk of algae and bacteria growth that can cause severe damage to the fuel injection system. Keep the machine fuel tanks and on-site storage tanks as full as possible to limit the amount of air and water vapor inside. Drain water from the tanks at least once a week. NOTICE: Use only CASE IH approved biocide additives.

7-6

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine cooling system - Basic instructions Depending on the date of manufacture, your cooling system may be equipped with conventional ethylene glycol coolant such as CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE or an Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant solution such as CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. You can easily identify CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT by its yellow color. You should never mix the coolant types. The coolant solution used must meet the following CNH Industrial material specifications for either coolant type: • MAT3624 for OAT coolant • MAT3620 for conventional coolant NOTICE: NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a cooling system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. You should not use Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) when using CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. Change the coolant solution at the change interval recommended. If you need to change a machine from conventional coolant to OAT coolant or vice versa, you should follow the “Changing coolant types” procedure below to attain the full benefit of the coolant.

Changing coolant types To change coolant from OAT coolant to conventional coolant (or vice versa): 1. Empty the engine cooling system by draining the coolant into a suitable container. 2. Fill the system with clean water. 3. Start the engine and run the engine for at least 30 min. NOTE: Make sure that you activate the heating system (if equipped) to circulate fluid through the heater core. 4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 for a total of two washes. 5. Fill the system with conventional coolant (or OAT coolant). 6. Operate the engine until it is warm. Inspect the machine for leaks.

Definitions Conventional coolant: A coolant that relies on inorganic inhibitors such as silicates, nitrites, and phosphates for corrosion and cavitation protection. Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant: A coolant that relies on inhibitors such as organic acid salts for corrosion and cavitation protection.

7-7

7 - MAINTENANCE

BODYWORK MAINTENANCE Protection against atmospheric agents Over the years, CASE IH have introduced a series of measures to protect the tractor from the deterioration and corrosion which can be caused by various external elements, such as those listed below: • salinity and atmospheric humidity • atmospheric pollution (industrial areas); • abrasive action of solid substances; • using tractor in the presence of aggressive chemical and/or organic substances; • physical damage such as dents, abrasions or deep scratches. The technical response to these problems was: • highly corrosion−resistant zinc plating; • paint systems and paints which help the tractor resist corrosion and abrasion; • application of suitable hardened plastic coatings at points which are particularly vulnerable to corrosion (edges, projections and sheet−metal welded joints). Unfortunately, external agents act in various ways according to environmental conditions and tractor use. However, if the user takes enough care, the tractor can be maintained better and for longer.

Protection against atmospheric agents The technical response to these problems was: • highly corrosion−resistant zinc plating; • paint systems and paints which help the tractor resist corrosion and abrasion; • application of suitable hardened plastic coatings at points which are particularly vulnerable to corrosion (edges, projections and sheet−metal welded joints). Unfortunately, external agents act in various ways according to environmental conditions and tractor use. However, if the user takes enough care, the tractor can be maintained better and for longer.

Bodywork and cab Where there are abrasions or deep scratches, which expose the underlying metal, they need to be retouched immediately with genuine products as follows: • rub down the area thoroughly; • apply the primer; • leave to dry and then rub down once more; • apply the paint; • lastly, polish. Maintenance of the paintwork is normally carried out by washing, at intervals that depend on the conditions of use and the environment. In areas prone to atmospheric pollution and coastal zones, washing should be carried out more frequently, whereas if organic or chemical substances are present, wash immediately after the tractor is used. Use a low pressure water spray, sponge down with a solution of ( 2 – 4% of shampoo in water), rinsing the sponge frequently. Rinse the tractor thoroughly and dry, if possible, with a jet of air. Avoid washing the tractor after it has been standing in the sun and when the engine is still hot in order to protect the shine on the paint. It is good practice to protect the paint by polishing it with specialised products (silicone waxes) from time to time and, when the paint starts to dull, you can use wax polish which has a slight abrasive action. NOTICE: When washing your tractor, never direct the jet of water horizontally, but only from top to bottom so as not to reach the following components: • alternator; 7-8

7 - MAINTENANCE

• starter motor; • air filter; • connectors and other electrical components; • especially on models with a roll bar, the ignition key must be inserted in the switch to prevent water getting in.

Cab maintenance • Periodically check that no water remains in areas covered with mats or padding. • Protect the hinges and locks on the doors, roof and opening windows with lubricants and water− repellents. • Clean the windows with suitable detergents. If necessary, use sulphuric ether. • Remove the windscreen wiper blade and sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber surfaces. • Leave the doors partially open.

7-9

7 - MAINTENANCE

OPENING THE HOOD To access the engine components and carry out inspection, lubrication and maintenance, the bonnet must be opened. To open the bonnet, proceed as follows: 1. To release the bonnet, insert the specific opening tool (1) in the hole (2). NOTE: the bonnet opening point is indicated by a pictogram (4). 2. Push the tool (1) and simultaneously lift the bonnet by the handle (3). To close the bonnet, proceed as follows: 1. Grasp the handle (3) and pull the bonnet all the way down. 2. As the bonnet closes, you will hear the bonnet locking mechanism click as it engages. 3. Check that the bonnet is properly closed.

7-10

MOIL16TR03390AA

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fluid capacities and lubricant specifications COMPONENT TO BE FILLED OR TOPPED UP Cooling system: without cab: with cab: Windscreen washer bottle Fuel tank.

QUANTITY

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS

liters/dm3 . 14 16

US gal

0.53

121

29.06

8.5

2.25

0.4

0.11

7.0 1.25

1.8 0.3

12.15

5.3 -

1.40 -

3.7 4.2

Engine sump:

Brake control circuit

Front axle: - axle housing: - final drives (each): Rear transmission (bevel drive and brakes), gearbox, hydraulic lift and PTO Rear final drives (each) Front wheel hubs Grease fittings

*See page 9-2 for information about using biodegradable oil in the transmission, axles, hubs, and hydraulic system. NOTICE: Use only heavy-duty, low silicate coolant such as CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT anti-freeze. Automotive antifreeze purchased at local supply store outlets most likely is not low silicate and must not be used in heavy-duty diesel engines. Always have a minimum of 50% ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system, adjusting the concentration

INTERNATIONAL SPECIFICATION

CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT Water & cleaning liquid Decanted and filtered diesel fuel CASE IH AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 SAE API CJ-4 10W-40 or CASE IH ACEA E7 ACEA E9 AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40 CASE IH AKCELA LHM FLUID NH 610 ISO 7308 A

CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID NH 410B

API GL-4 ISO 32/46 SAE 10W - 30

Grease CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE

NLGI 2

based on ambient temperature, according to coolant label instructions. Use good quality water. Deionized water is ideal for cooling systems and is contained in some prepackaged coolants labeled as pre-mixed with water. If the low silicate ethylene glycol coolant is not pre-charged with supplemental diesel coolant additive/inhibitor, this must be added to the solution to provide protection against corrosion and pitting.

7-11

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance planning

Maintenance chart Bleed Drain fluid Cleaning Adjust Filling Check

Tighten Replace Test Grease Change fluid

Maintenance action

Page no.

As required maintenance x Expansion tank - Check x Windshield washer fluid reservoir - Filling x Receiver-dryer - Check x Radiator - Check x Brake pedals - Check x Hydraulic service brakes - Adjust x External lighting - Check x Front wheels - Check x Clutch cable - Adjust At warning message display x Air cleaner - Cleaning x Brake fluid reservoir - Filling x Fuel filters - Drain fluid EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY x Engine oil pan - Check x Battery - Check x Expansion tank - Check x Wiper and washer system - Check x Air filter - Cleaning x Air filter Recirculation filter - Cleaning x Engine cooling system - Cleaning x Air tanks - Bleed Initial 50 hours x Maintenance - Tighten x Maintenance - Check x Maintenance - Replace x Maintenance - Cleaning x Maintenance - Test x Maintenance - Grease Every 50 hours x Steering cylinder - Grease - (2WD) x Axle articulation - Grease x Steering knuckle and king pin - Grease x Front axle system - Grease x Rear three-point hitch - Grease x Hand brake lever - Grease Every 100 hours x Air-conditioning condenser - Cleaning x Oil cooler/Heat exchanger - Cleaning x Aftercooler - Cleaning x Air filter - Cleaning x Air filter Recirculation filter - Cleaning x Belt - Check x Compressor drive belt - Check 7-12

7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-13 7-28 7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-33 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-46 7-47 7-48 7-49 7-50 7-51

7 - MAINTENANCE

Bleed Drain fluid Cleaning Adjust Filling Check Maintenance action Compressor drive belt - Check Oil filters - Replace Oil filters - Replace Air cleaner - Cleaning Oil reservoir - Check Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Check Final drives - Grease Steering knuckle and king pin - Grease

Tighten Replace Test Grease Change fluid Page no.

x Every 300 hours

7-52 x x

7-53 7-54 7-55 7-56 7-57 7-58 7-59

x x x x x Every 600 hours x x

Engine oil filter - Replace Fuel filters - Replace Pre-filter - Cleaning Wheels - Tighten

7-60 7-61 7-62 7-63

x Every 1200 hours or annually x Air cleaner - Replace x Crankcase ventilation system Filter - Replace Every 1200 hours or two years Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle - Change fluid Final drive - Change fluid Transmission - Change fluid Every 3600 hours Engine cooling system - Change fluid Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) exhaust treatment x - Check ELECTRICAL SYSTEM x Battery - Check x Fuse and relay box - Replace x Fuse and relay box - Replace x Road light - Adjust x Road light - Replace

7-64 7-65 x x x

7-66 7-67 7-68

7-69 7-71

7-72 7-74 7-75 7-79 7-80

As required maintenance

Radiator expansion tank 1. The coolant, with the engine cold, must always be at the level of the reference mark (2). If necessary top up through the plug (1) to the required level.

DCAPLT5NE060S7A

7-13

7 - MAINTENANCE

Windshield washer reservoir To add liquid to the windshield washer tank: • Remove the cap (1). • Fill up the tank (2) with washing liquid. • Re-install the plug (1). NOTICE: Mix antifreeze with the water in the winter.

DCAPLT5NE061S7A

7-14

7 - MAINTENANCE

Check the air-conditioning system At the start of the period of use, check that the air-conditioning system is working properly following the procedure described below. • Turn the temperature control knob (1) fully counterclockwise, toward the cooler part (blue area). • Turn the electric fan control knob (3) to the first lowspeed setting. • Press the knob (3) to turn on the air-conditioner. Check that the indicator light (2) is illuminated. • Hold a thermometer next to the air outlet vents. Check that the temperature readings are between 15.0 – 20.0 °C (59.0 – 68.0 °F). • If not, consult your authorized dealer. MOIL13TR02094AB

7-15

7 - MAINTENANCE

Radiator - Check 1. Check no dirt has accumulated on the fins (1) and that they are not obstructed. If any is noted, clean as follows: â&#x20AC;˘ For cleaning, use compressed air or a pressure washer not exceeding 7 bar (101.5 psi). NOTE: If the cores are blocked with any oily substances, apply a detergent solution and remove it with a pressure washer

DCUTLNEIT002S7A

7-16

7 - MAINTENANCE

Brake pedals - Check Pedals 1. See that the pedal joints (2) and (3) and the control linkage are not damaged. Check that the pin (1) joining the pedals engages properly as well. NOTICE: The braking members protect your safety too, you are recommended not to try and resolve any trouble on your own. If you notice any trouble with the operation of the brakes, have them checked by your dealer's specialized personnel.

DCUTLNEIT003S7A

7-17

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic service brakes - Adjust SERVICE & HAND BRAKE ADJUSTMENT The brake adjustment procedure with suspended brake pedals and hydraulic brakes is critical when trying to obtain optimum braking performance from the tractor. This procedure also prevents the brake pedals from bottoming out when the brakes are first depressed. If the brakes are incorrectly adjusted, on the first press on the brake pedal the pedal may go fully down and only just starts to move the brake slave cylinder piston. This results in the brakes not being fully applied on the first application. This is an ‘as required’ adjustment as the frequency of this operation depends on the load and duty cycle the brakes are exposed to. The maximum period between adjustments of the brakes would be 300 hours at every routine ‘service interval’ if an earlier adjustment is not required. Contact your authorised CASE IH dealer for the adjustment of the service and park brakes.

7-18

BRAKE_LOCK_

7 - MAINTENANCE

External lighting - Check 1. Make sure the light beam produced by the various lights is directed correctly to prevent dazzling drivers of oncoming vehicles. The procedure for adjusting them is given in the paragraph on the electrics.

7-19

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front wheels - Check 1. Connect a pressure gauge to the tyre valve and check that the pressure is as prescribed. Check and adjust the front and rear tire pressures. Inspect the tread and sidewalls for damage. Adjust the tire pressures to suit the load being carried.

DCUTLNEIT006S7A

NOTE: If the tires are ballasted with a calcium chloride/ water solution, use a special tire gauge as the solution will corrode a standard- type gauge. Check pressure with the valve stem at the bottom.

7-20

7 - MAINTENANCE

Clutch cable - Adjust Version with mechanical transmission 1. If the clutch pedal position is uncomfortable (too high) or it will not reach its upper rest position (to prevent the clutch slipping) check that the stroke (A) of the clutch pedal (1), depending on the model, is: 160 mm (6.8 in) ± 2.0 mm (0.1 in) without cab and without mat, 155.0 mm (6.1 in) ± 2.0 mm (0.1 in) without cab and with mat 145.0 mm (5.7 in) ± 2.0 mm (0.1 in) with cab If not, refer to your dealer to have it checked and adjusted if necessary.

DCUTLNEIT055S7A

7-21

7 - MAINTENANCE

At warning message display

Dry air filter - External cartridge When the central display of the instrument panel shows the following symbol it means that the filter is clogged; do the job within an hour of operation. If the symbol does not appear, clean it after 300 hours of work. Replace the external cartridge every year or when cracks appear. NOTE: Never remove the internal safety cartridge (2) to clean it with compressed air, but replace it together with the external cartridge (3) at the prescribed time.

Clean: 1. Place the external cartridge (3) facing downwards on a flat surface (figure A). Smack the cartridge a few times with the palm of your hand to eliminate any residues of dust, paying attention not to damage it. Alternatively, clean it with a jet of compressed air at a pressure under 5 bar (72.5 psi) in the direction shown in figure B; After cleaning, check that the pleated paper part of the cartridge is whole and is not cut or pierced. If it is, then renew it. When cleaning, never use diesel, petrol, solvents or water so as not to damage the filtering cartridge. When refitting the cover (1) on the filter container, take care it gets perfectly sealed. NOTE: Clean the inside parts of the container carefully with a damp cloth.

7-22

DCUTLNEIT007S7A

DCUTLNEIT008S7A

7 - MAINTENANCE

Brake fluid level When the central display of the instrument panel shows the following symbol it means that the brake fluid level has fallen under the minimum limit (MIN) and it is therefore necessary to top it up. 1. Check that the level of the fluid is always above the minimum level (MIN) indicated on the reservoir. if necessary, top up through the fill point (1). NOTICE: if the light remains illuminated, even after adding fluid, contact your dealer to have the trouble resolved. The braking members protect your safety too, you are recommended not to try and resolve any trouble with the hydraulic system on your own.

DCUTLNEIT009S7A

7-23

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel filter water drain When the central display of the instrument panel shows the following symbol it means that there is water in the fuel, drain the fuel filter immediately. 1. Place a container under the filter (1). 2. Remove the sensor wire (3) from the drain plug. 3. Open the drain plug (2) on the separator filter by loosening the knob. 4. Allow contaminated fuel to drain until only clean fuel runs out. 5. Close the drain plug and replace the sensor wire. 6. Dispose of the drained fuel appropriately.

FILTER_DRAIN

7-24

7 - MAINTENANCE

EVERY 10 HOURS OR EACH DAY

Engine oil level To check the engine oil level, proceed as follows. 1. Park the tractor on flat ground. Shut “OFF” the engine. 2. Allow at least five minutes for the oil to settle in the sump: 3. Remove dipstick (1), clean it with a cloth and replace it in its union (2). 4. Remove the dipstick again and check that the oil level is between the " MIN and MAX" marks. 5. if necessary, top up with oil through the fill point (2) to reach the level. 6. Put the dipstick back into its union and close it properly. DCUTLNEIT057S7A

A red warning indicator, shown at the side, on the instrument cluster shows when the oil level is low. Never run the engine when the oil level is below the “MIN” mark. Do not fill past the “MAX" notch on the dipstick. Excess oil burns, creates smoke and gives a false indication of oil consumption. NOTE: for the oil type see the consumables table.

7-25

7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery BATTERY CAPACITY 100 Ah – Fig. 1 NOTE: The 100 Ah capacity battery is located under the front of the hood. To access the battery open the bonnet. • The electrolyte level must be checked with the engine shut off, the tractor on a level surface and the battery cold. • If the battery needs to be topped up frequently or tends to run down, have the electrical system checked by your dealer.

00011

7-26

7 - MAINTENANCE

Radiator expansion tank 1. The coolant, with the engine cold, must always be at the level of the reference mark (2). If necessary top up through the plug (1) to the required level.

DCAPLT5NE060S7A

7-27

7 - MAINTENANCE

Windscreen washer bottle WINDSCREEN WASHER BOTTLE – Fig. 1 To add liquid to the windscreen washer bottle; • Remove the filler cap (1); • Add washer fluid to fill the bottle (2); • Replace the cap. NOTICE: In winter use water mixed with an antifreeze product.

000184

7-28

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab air filter CAB AIR FILTER – Fig. 1 and 2 Unscrew the cover (4) retaining knobs (1) extract the element (2) and clean; • by tapping gently on a flat surface with the outward–facing part downwards; or • with a jet of compressed air at less than 6.9 bar 7. Kg/cm² 100 psi; or • by immersing the filters in a solution of water and non–foaming detergent for 15 m/min; or • rinsing with a jet of water at less than 2.7 bar 2.8 Kg/ cm² 39 psi and drying with dry, non–compressed air. 000185

000186

Do not re–install the elements until they are thoroughly dry. A damp air filter will rupture when the heater/air conditioner is operated. Clean filter seats (3) with a cloth. When refitting the elements, the arrow on the label must face the inside of the cab.

7-29

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab recirculated air filter CAB RECIRCULATED AIR FILTER â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Fig. 1 Remove the grille (1) and clean the air recirculation filter contained inside.

00245

7-30

7 - MAINTENANCE

Radiator, oil cooler and air conditioner condenser CLEAN THE RADIATOR, AIR COOLER AND AIR CONDITIONER CONDENSER CORES – Fig. 1 WARNING Flying debris! Wear eye protection and protective clothing during the cleaning process. Clear the area of bystanders. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0364A

Check the cores for chaff accumulation or blockage. If any is noted, clean as follows: • For cleaning, use compressed air or a pressure washer not exceeding 7 bar. • The air conditioner condenser (1), Fig. 1, and air cooler (2), Fig. 1 and located in front of the radiator, have a slide out facility for easy service. Turn the quick release fastener anti–clockwise to release. • Slide the condenser (1), Fig. 1 to gain access to engine coolant radiator (3), Fig. 1 . • Direct the air or water through each core from the back to front. Clean the radiator first, then the air cooler condenser and finally, the air conditioner condenser. Carefully straighten and bent fins. • Check no dirt has accumulated on the fins and that they are not obstructed. If any is noted, clean as follows: Unscrew the retainer, take out the cooler (4), direct a jet of air or water through each fin, from the back towards the front. Carefully straighten any bent fins. NOTE: If the cores are blocked with any oily substances, apply a detergent solution and remove it with a pressure water.

7-31

00011

7 - MAINTENANCE

Pneumatic brakes Bleed Air 1. At the end of the working day, drain the condensation water from the compressed air reservoir. To drain off the water, move the valve to the side (1) fig. 1. The reservoir will be recharged with air when the tractor is started.

PNEU_BRAKE

7-32

7 - MAINTENANCE

Initial 50 hours

Maintenance - Tighten 1. Bolts and lock nuts tightening • Cab • Disc to hub • Disc to rim • Ballast • Exhaust manifold

7-33

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance - Check 1. Level check • Cooling fluid • Front axle differential and hub oil • Engine oil • Transmission oil • Liquid to the windshield washer reservoir 2. Functionality and integrity • Radiator • Charge air cooler • Air conditioning condenser • Transmission oil heat exchanger • Air conditioning compressor belt • Poly-v belt • Fluid & Oil Leaks • Hose and hose connections • Compressor belt for the air brakes on the trailer • Tire and tire pressure • Seatbelt • Safety signs (make sure decals are perfectly legible) 3. Adjust • Park Brake • Stroke pedal brake

7-34

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance - Replace 1. Replace • Transmission oil filter • Fuel filters

7-35

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance - Cleaning 1. Cleaning • Dry air filter - External cartridge • Cab air filters • Cab recirculated air filter • Auxiliary services oil filter • Fuel prefilter

7-36

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance - Test 1. Operation • Lights and instruments • Calibrate transmission clutches • Transmission and gear selection • Power Take-Off (PTO) • Hydraulic system (lift and remote control valve) • Joystick • Engine including throttle • Steering • Differential lock engagement and disengagement • 4WD engagement and disengagement • Brake and brake pedal latching pin • Neutral start switches

7-37

7 - MAINTENANCE

Maintenance - Grease 1. Greasing â&#x20AC;¢ All grease fittings

7-38

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 50 hours

2WD steering cylinder â&#x20AC;&#x201C; (2WD) 1. Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the grease fitting (1).

MOIL13TR02396AB

7-39

7 - MAINTENANCE

2WD front axle trunnion pin 1. Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the grease fitting (1).

MOIL13TR02391AB

7-40

7 - MAINTENANCE

2WD steering spindle 1. Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the grease fittings (1) shown (one for each side).

MOIL13TR02389AB

7-41

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle 4WD Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the two grease fittings shown.

DCUTLNEIT014S7A

7-42

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear three-point hitch - Grease 1. Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the grease fittings shown (two on each side).

MOIL13TR00158AA

7-43

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hand brake lever - Grease 1. Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the grease fitting shown .

BRAKE_LUBE_GREASE

7-44

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 100 hours

Air-conditioning condenser 1. Turn the retainer (1) then turn the condenser (2) in the direction of the arrow and clean off any dirt accumulated between the cooling fins. Check that the fins are not out of shape, if necessary carefully straighten them. For cleaning, use compressed air or a pressure washer not exceeding 7 bar (101.5 psi).

DCUTLNEIT015S7A

7-45

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission oil heat exchanger 1. Check no dirt has accumulated on the fins and that they are not obstructed. If any is noted, clean as follows: Unscrew the retainer (1), take out the cooler (2), direct a jet of air or water through each fin, from the back towards the front. Carefully straighten any bent fins.

DCUTLNEIT016S7A

7-46

7 - MAINTENANCE

Intercooler 1. Open the condenser (1) of the air-conditioning system. Check that no dirt has accumulated on the intercooler (2) and clean it with a jet of air or water from the back towards the front. NOTICE: If using a pressure washer to wash the radiator, take care not to direct the jet of water onto the cover of the engine air filter.

DCUTLNEIT017S7A

7-47

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab air filter Remove the cover (1) on the fender to gain access to the air cleaner compartment, open the catches (2) to free it and be able to remove it for cleaning or, if necessary, replacement. Proceed in the same fashion to remove the filter on the opposite mudguard. Clean the cartridges (3) lightly tapping them on a flat surface, with the outside facing downwards, paying attention not to damage it (figure A); or with a jet of compressed air under 6.9 bar (100.1 psi) in the direction shown in figure B; Clean the seats of the filters with a rag. NOTICE: When cleaning, never use diesel, petrol, solvents or water so as not to damage the filtering cartridges.

DCUTLBRNE002S7A

DCUTLBRNE003S7A

NOTE: The maintenance operations required after 100 hours of work must be reduced even on a daily basis if necessary when there are adverse conditions (wetness, mud, sand, great dustiness, etc.).

7-48

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab recirculated air filter Remove the grille (1) and clean the air recirculation filter contained inside (to be done on both sides).

DCUTLNEIT018S7A

7-49

7 - MAINTENANCE

Alternator belt WARNING Entanglement hazard! Always stop the engine and engage the parking brake, unless otherwise instructed in this manual, before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt or chain. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0097A

Inspect the belt (1) over its entire length, checking for chafing, cracking, cuts, and general wear. If in doubt, contact the authorized dealer to install a new belt.

MOIL13TR00306AA

7-50

7 - MAINTENANCE

Compressor belt Air conditioning WARNING Entanglement hazard! Always stop the engine and engage the parking brake, unless otherwise instructed in this manual, before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt or chain. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0097A

Inspect the belt (1) over its entire length, checking for chafing, cracking, cuts, and general wear. If in doubt, contact the authorized dealer to install a new belt.

MOIL13TR00308AA

7-51

7 - MAINTENANCE

Pneumatic trailer brakes compressor belt Compressor belt WARNING Entanglement hazard! Always stop the engine and engage the parking brake, unless otherwise instructed in this manual, before checking and/or adjusting any drive belt or chain. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0097A

The compressor is only installed in conjunction with the air operated trailer brake system. Inspect the belt (1) over it's entire length, checking for chafing, cracking, cuts and general wear. If in doubt, contact the authorised dealer to install a new belt.

MOIL13TR00307AA

7-52

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 300 hours

Hydraulic circuit oil filter 1. Replace filter cartridge (1) and lightly oil the seal; screw on and tighten the cartridge 3/4 of a turn by hand. Top up with new oil. NOTE: Place a container under the oil filter (1) before renewing it in order to collect the oil that will flow out during the operation. NOTE: For the quantity and type of oil see the relevant table.

MOIL12TRO0001AA

7-53

7 - MAINTENANCE

Auxiliary services oil filter 1. Change the filter inside the container (1), right-hand side. Before re-positioning the container, oil the seals and screw on by hand for 3/4 of a turn. Top up with new oil. NOTE: Place a container under the oil filter (1) before renewing it in order to collect the oil that will flow out during the operation. NOTE: For the quantity and type of oil see the relevant table.

TRNSMSYN_FILTER

7-54

7 - MAINTENANCE

Dry air filter - External cartridge Clean: 1. Place the external cartridge (3) facing downwards on a flat surface (figure A). Smack the cartridge a few times with the palm of your hand to eliminate any residues of dust, paying attention not to damage it. Alternatively, clean it with a jet of compressed air at a pressure under 5 bar (72.5 psi) in the direction shown in figure B; After cleaning, check that the pleated paper part of the cartridge is whole and is not cut or pierced. If it is, then renew it. When cleaning, never use diesel, petrol, solvents or water so as not to damage the filtering cartridge. When refitting the cover (1) on the filter container, take care it gets perfectly sealed. NOTE: Clean the inside parts of the container carefully with a damp cloth.

7-55

DCUTLNEIT007S7A

DCUTLNEIT008S7A

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic oil tank 1. With the tractor on a level surface, the engine switched off and the lift arms lowered, check that the oil level reaches the “MAX” mark on the combined filler plug/ dipstick (1). If the level is low, top up with oil in the hole the dipstick (1) fits into. 2. Hydraulic circuit oil: CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID or CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION.

HYD_OIL_TNK

7-56

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle (4WD) oil level 1. Check the oil level as follows: • Park the tractor on a level surface. • Remove the cap (1). Oil should flow out of the hole. • If necessary, top up with CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID or CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil through the cap hole (1) until oil flows out.

FRONT_AXLE

7-57

7 - MAINTENANCE

4WD front axle final drives 1. Bring the plug (1) to a horizontal position and check the oil comes out of the hole. If necessary, top up through the same orifice with CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID or CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil.

DCUTLNEIT023S7A

7-58

7 - MAINTENANCE

4WD front axles stub Using a grease gun, pump CASE IH AKCELA 251H EP MULTI-PURPOSE GREASE grease into the nipple shown (two on each side).

FRONT_STUB

7-59

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 600 hours

Change engine oil and filter NOTICE: The frequency of 600 hours can anyhow be affected by other factors: Operation at low temperatures Engines operating in temperatures below -12 °C (10.4 °F) or in arduous conditions should have the oil changed every 300 hours of operation. The filter must be changed regularly as prescribed after 600 hours.

DCUTLNEIT058S7A

DCUTLNEIT027S7A

Drain oil and renew filter • place a container under the engine sump; • remove the drain plugs (1) from the sump (one on each side) and drain off the oil; • screw the plugs back on • unscrew the filter (3), drain off the remaining oil and discard it as required by current regulations in your country; • clean the surface of the filter seat • lightly oil the seal of the new filter, screw it down into contact with the support and tighten it by hand by 3/4 of a turn, or a full turn at most; • fill up with new oil through the fill point (2) • start the engine, leave it idling for at least 3 minutes; switch it off and check that the oil level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick. If necessary, top up with oil.

7-60

7 - MAINTENANCE

Replacing the fuel filters NOTICE: Before you loosen, disconnect, or remove any part of the fuel injection system, thoroughly clean the area that you will work on to prevent contamination. 1. To change the filters, proceed as follows. • Place a container under the filters (1) and (2). • Disconnect the sensor of the pre-filter (2). • Loosen the two filter cartridges (1) and (2). • Fill the two new filters with clean fuel. Oil the two gaskets. Screw the filters back into contact with the support. Then tighten the filters by hand 3/4 of a turn.

DCUTLNEIT028S7A

DCUTLNEIT029S7A

2. After you have changed the cartridge, bleed the fuel system as follows. • Open the bleed valve (3). • Operate the priming pump (4) until fuel comes out of the bleed valve (3). Then close the bleed valve.

7-61

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel prefilter 1.

Periodically check that there is no debris inside the filter container (1). If necessary, unscrew the screw (2), remove the container and clean the filter contained inside.

NOTE: If, after cleaning, you notice that the filter is still dirty, you must change the filter.

DCUTLNEIT033S7A

7-62

7 - MAINTENANCE

Wheel bolt torque 1. Check the front and rear wheel nuts for tightness using a torque wrench (with a torque multiplier, where necessary). Always make sure that the front and rear wheels are symmetrically aligned in relation to the longitudinal axis of the tractor.

MOIL13TR00011AA

Disc to hub nuts Front and rear wheels 220 N·m (162.3 lb ft) 310 N·m (228.6 lb ft)

Front — M16 Rear — M18 Disc to rim nuts Front and rear wheels 1 2

250.0 N·m (184.4 lb ft)

7-63

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 1200 hours or annually

Replacing air filters 1. Remove the cover (1) , take out the filtering cartridges (2) and (3) and change them with genuine new ones. Replace the cover correctly (1).

DCUTLNEIT007S7A

7-64

7 - MAINTENANCE

Blow-by filter 1. Every 1200 hours of work, go to your dealer to replace the Blow-by filter inside the carter (1).

23119872

7-65

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 1200 hours or two years

Front axle (4WD) oil replace 1. Place a container under the axle housing, unscrew the plug (2) and let all the oil drain out. Fill up with new oil through the plug (1). NOTE: For the quantity and type of oil see the relevant table.

MOIL13TR02394AB

7-66

7 - MAINTENANCE

Replacing front axle final drive oil 1. Bring the cap (1) down. 2. Place a container under the hole. Drain the oil. 3. Return the cap to the horizontal position. Fill up with new CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID or CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION oil. 4. Perform the operation on both sides. NOTE: For oil quantities see the capacities table.

DCAPLNEGB044S4A

7-67

7 - MAINTENANCE

Replacing transmission oil 1. Place a suitable container under the cap (1) and drain the oil. NOTE: before replacing the cap (1) clean off any metallic residue caught by the magnetic attachment on the cap.

MOIL13TR02556AA

HYD_OIL_TNK

2. Having drained all the oil, screw back on and tighten the cap. Remove the dipstick (1) and fill up with new oil CASE IH AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID or CASE IH AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION. When full, check that the oil level is between the marks of the sector (A) on the dipstick (1). Place again the dipstick. NOTE: For oil quantities see the capacities table.

7-68

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 3600 hours

Change the engine coolant fluid - OAT type coolant WARNING Hazardous chemicals! Coolant can be toxic. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothing. Antidotes: EXTERNAL - Rinse thoroughly with water. Remove soiled clothing. INTERNAL - Rinse the mouth with water. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention. EYES - Flush with water. Seek immediate medical attention. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0282A

During manufacture, the engine cooling system is filled with a high quality antifreeze and water solution. The antifreeze contains a chemical or organic anti-oxidant that increases and extends the protection of conventional antifreezes. The coolant fluid will: Increase rust prevention. Reduce scale formation. Minimize cylinder wall erosion (pitting). Reduce foaming of the coolant. The coolant must be replaced regularly to maintain an optimum level of protection. This protection is provided by draining and flushing the system and filling with a premixed anti-freeze or a solution of 50% anti-freeze and 50% distilled water. NOTE: When changing the type of engine coolant from CASE IH AKCELA PREMIUM ANTI-FREEZE to CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULLâ&#x201E;˘ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT or vice versa refer to page Engine cooling system - Basic instructions. NOTICE: Never put cold coolant in a hot engine. The difference in temperature could cause the block or head to crack. Quantity Models with cab: 16.00 L (3.52 UK gal) Model without cab: 14.00 L (3.08 UK gal)

Crop Alternative coolant: CASE IH AKCELA ACTIFULLâ&#x201E;˘ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT (if the premixed coolant is not available, mix the concentrate with 50% distilled water)

7-69

7 - MAINTENANCE

Flushing the system To flush the system, proceed as follows: 1.

Turn the temperature control knob (1) fig. 2 onto the red sector in position (2). This ensures the complete drain of the coolant.

With the engine cold, remove the cap (1) fig. 1 of the expansion tank, remove the plug (1) fig. 3 of the radiator and drain off the coolant. Refit the cap (1) fig. 3.

Fill the radiator with a filtered solution of soda Solvay and water in a ratio of 250 g (8.8 oz) of soda to every 10 L (2.20 UK gal) of water.

Run the tractor for approximately one hour and then drain the flushing solution.

Wait for the engine to cool down slightly, then circulate pure water by pouring it into the expansion tank and allowing it to drain from the radiator drain plug (1) fig. 3.

Refit the drain plug, fill with water from the expansion tank, run the engine for a few minutes and then drain the system again.

Fill the radiator through the expansion tank with coolant up to the notch (2) fig. 1 and leave the expansion tank open.

Start the engine and allow it to run until the engineâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s thermostatic valve will be opened and all the air will be ejected by the cooling system (the coolant level in the expansion tank should decrease).

MOIL13TR02185AB

DCAPLT5NE060S7A

MOIL13TR02406AB

Stop the engine, wait for the coolant to cool and top the coolant up to the notch (2) fig. 1.

10. Refit the cap (1) fig. 1.

NOTICE: Allow the engine to cool before draining the coolant. It is dangerous to remove the cap while the system is hot. Coolant should be kept off the skin. Comply with all the precautions given on the antifreeze container.

7-70

7 - MAINTENANCE

Diesel particulate filter (DPF) NOTICE: Every 3600 hours of service go to your dealer for periodic maintenance of the particulate filter DPF (1).

DCUTLNEIT035S7A

7-71

7 - MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery service WARNING Explosive gas! Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging area. Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge a frozen battery. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0005A

WARNING Hazardous chemicals! Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash hands after handling. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0006A

WARNING Battery gas can explode! To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0011A

Battery (1) is located under the hood.

BATTERY_FRO

The tractors are fitted with maintenance-free batteries. Keep the top part clean and dry. Check the battery charge using a digital voltmeter in the following way: connect the voltmeter to the two battery terminals, matching the terminal symbols (negative to negative and positive to positive) and read the measured value on the instrument. Compare the figure with the values in the table below to establish the battery charge level. Voltage 12,66 V 12,45 V 12,30 V 12,00 V

Charge level 100% 75% 50% 25%

If the voltage is around 12,30 V, immediately recharge the battery with a current equivalent to 1/10 of the capacity in Ah (a 50 Ah battery is to be charged to 5 A).

7-72

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTICE: Before recharging the battery, always disconnect the cables. The battery should be removed from its location and recharged at a safe distance from the tractor. NOTE: Batteries and storage batteries contain components that may be damaging to the environment if incorrectly disposed of after use. The manufacturer strongly advises that all “dry” batteries, used in electrical or electronic systems, are returned to the local dealer. The dealer will dispose of (or recycle) the batteries correctly. This procedure is requested by law in certain countries. Replacement of the battery If an old battery needs to be replaced with a new one, proceed as follows: • First disconnect the terminal marked with the negative sign (−), then the terminal with the positive sign (+). • Fit the new battery in its housing. • Clean the terminals and connect them to the battery terminals, ensuring that the negative terminal is connected last (−). • Tighten the terminals on the battery terminals and apply petroleum jelly to protect them. Advice on starting the engine with a flat battery, or no battery To prevent damage to the alternator and its incorporated voltage regulator follow the procedure below: When the tractor battery is partially discharged, and an auxiliary battery has to be used to start the engine, connect the auxiliary battery to the tractor battery ensuring that the terminal symbols match (positive to positive and negative to negative). This rule must also be observed when recharging the battery externally. If it is necessary to start the engine with a totally flat battery or where the tractor does not have a battery remember that: • It is not possible to jump start the tractor by towing, as the electro-magnetically operated injection pump cut-off device will prevent the engine from starting. • It is possible to start the tractor with an auxiliary battery after having first disconnected plug D+, terminal screw B+ and condenser but to no avail given that the engine will stop as soon as the external battery supply to the electromagnetic cut-off device is interrupted. • Avoid starting with an auxiliary battery with plug D+ terminal screw B+ and condenser connected to the alternator. • Instead, it is necessary to connect a 12 V battery, capable of starting the tractor, and then to replace it with the battery that is to be fitted on the tractor. • Under normal conditions, the engine must never run without plug D+, terminal screw B+ and condenser disconnected from the alternator.

7-73

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuse and relay box - Replace Main fuse box Remove the two screws (2) and take out the fuse cover (1).

FUSE_COVER

2ND_FUSE_BOX

DCUTLNEIT038S7A

Relays (inside the cab) To access the box, housĹ&#x;ng the relays (A), (B) and (C), remove the cover (1) on the right-hand pillar of the cab.

Maxi Fuseholder 1. The maxi fuses have the job of protecting the main fuse box and the electrical circuits. A large drop in voltage, such as that produced by the inefficiency of many electrical circuits, may signify a blown maxi fuse. The engine fuses are installed in the mega-fuse box (PDU). To check or change a mega-fuse, open the bonnet; they are on the front right-hand side.

NOTICE: If electrical system relays need to be changed, check that correct spare parts are used and that they are fitted in the correct positions. The use of structurally or functionally different relays - even if interchangeable - could seriously compromise tractor control with dangerous results.

7-74

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuse and relay locations Main fuse box

YYYYY

7-75

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuses 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 43 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9

Amps

PROTECTED CIRCUITS Main beam headlights Dipped beam headlights Front right and rear left side lights Front left and rear right side lights Engine shut–down solenoid Horn Hazard warning switch Instrument cluster–Relays Hazard warning switch Beacon lamp, (radio, interior lamps– with cab models) Front corner worklamps Thermostarter Signal arm Stop lamps FWD and Diff. Lock power Fuel sedimentation container Oil pressure Buzzer/speaker Starter motor Cigarette lighter Radio (only for cab) Front wiper (only for cab) Rear wiper (only for cab) Windscreen washer (only for cab) Cab interior lamps (only for cab) Rear worklights (only for cab) Front worklights (only for cab) Air condition (only for cab) Air condition heater fan (only for cab) Radio–Battery power (only for cab) Trailer brake relay Brake 40 A Power socket High beam relay Low beam relay Starter relay A/C relay Fuel heater relay Foot brake relay Hand brake relay — Power relay

7-76

15 10 10 7.5 7.5 10 10 5 15 15 15 15 20 15 15 5 5 15 10 15 15 10 5 5 5 25 15 10 30 7.5 7.5 7.5 40 — — — — — — — — —

7 - MAINTENANCE

FUSES AND RELAYS (Inside cab) – Fig. 2 – 3 On tractors fitted with a cab, the fuses (1) and relays (4) are located inside the cab, beneath the right–hand console. To access the fuses and relays, remove the screws (2) and take off the cover (3).

000227

000228

A. Air conditioning relay B. Rear worklights relay C. Front worklights relay

7-77

7 - MAINTENANCE

Megaâ&#x2C6;&#x2019;fuse box (PDU)

DCUTLNEIT050S7F

FUSES Location K9 K19 F53 F54 F55 F56 F57 F58 F59

Amps

20 A 7.5 A 10 A 10 A 60 A 125 A 60 A

Protective shield Starter motor Engine relay Engine fuse 1 Engine fuse 2 Engine fuse 3 Memory fuse Glow plug fuse Cab power fuse Main fuse engine

7-78

7 - MAINTENANCE

Light adjustments Adjust the headlights as follows: • Park the unloaded tractor on flat ground, with the tires inflated to the specified pressure, facing a shaded white wall; • Mark two crosses on the wall, corresponding to the center of the headlights, as shown in figure. • reverse the tractor by approximately 5 m (16.4 ft) metres and turn the beam full on; • Points P − P should be 5 cm (2.0 in) below the crosses. • To adjust the beams, use the wheels (1) under the bonnet.

7-79

DCAPLNEGB098S4A

DCUTLNEIT048S7A

7 - MAINTENANCE

Headlight bulb replacement NOTE: When handling halogen bulbs, only touch the metal parts, never the bulb. If the bulb comes into contact with your fingers, the intensity of the light emitted will be reduced, adversely affecting its service life. In the event of contact, clean the bulb with a cloth soaked in alcohol and leave to dry. To replace blown bulbs, raise the bonnet and proceed as follows: 1. High/low beam headlights: • Disconnect the connection (1); • Remove the cover (2); • Extract the light bulb and replace it with a new one of the same power. 2. Side work light • Disconnect the connection (3). • Turn the bulb clockwise, extract it and change it with a new one of the same power. DCUTLNEIT043S7A

7-80

7 - MAINTENANCE

Storage

Tractor storage NOTE: Take the following precautions if your tractor is going to remain unused for a prolonged period. Protect the engine as follows: • For storage periods of approx. one month: no steps are necessary if the engine oil has not yet exceeded 100 hours of work. Otherwise, proceed as described in the paragraph below. • For storage periods of over one month, drain the oil from the engine while hot, fill up the reservoir with oil (see "Topping-up" table on "Maintenance chapter") and run the engine for a few minutes at medium rpm. • Remove the external air filter cartridge and clean according to the instructions provided on "Maintenance chapter". • Do not drain off the engine cooling system. During winter periods, make sure that the proportions of the water/fluid, supplied with the tractor, are as specified (see "Topping-up" table on "Maintenance chapter"). To this end, follow the instructions on "Maintenance chapter". • Clean the tractor and the bodywork. Protect the paintwork with silicone wax and use protective lubricants on non-painted metal parts; always keep the tractor in a covered, dry and well-ventilated place. • Check that all controls are left in neutral (including electrical switches and the parking brake control). • Do not leave the ignition key in the switch. • Make sure that the operating cylinder rods (hydrostatic steering, lift, etc.) are closed up to protect them. • Fill the fuel tank with diesel fuel. • Remove the battery, clean the cover and smear the terminals and lead ends with petroleum jelly; next, place the battery in a ventilated spot not exposed to temperatures less than 10 °C (50.0 °F) and away from direct sunlight. • Check the battery charge condition using a voltmeter, as described on "Maintenance chapter". • Fit stands or other suitable supports under the axles to raise the wheels off the ground. While the tractor is in a raised position, we recommend you let the air out of the tyres. Otherwise, raise the tractor and check the tyre pressure from time to time. • Cover the tractor with a non-plastic non-waterproof sheet. NOTICE: When the engine is to be re-started at the end of the storage period, closely follow the instructions relating to starting the engine.

7-81

7 - MAINTENANCE

7-82

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING###_8_### Fault code resolution

Introduction PROBLEM CODES â&#x20AC;&#x201C; AREAS AFFECTED

TROUBLESHOOTING LOCATING AND IDENTIFYING PROBLEMS INTRODUCTION The following information is intended to help in the identification and correction of any tractor faults or malfunctions.

The following information lists problems which could arise, the reasons for them and appropriate corrective action. The areas affected are dealt with in the following order: Engine Hydraulic System Brakes Electrical system Hydraulic lift Cab

Alarm(s)

ENGINE Problem The engine will not start or is difficult to start.

The engine does not run properly and/or cuts out. Engine does not reach maximum power.

Abnormal engine knocking. Low engine operating temperature. Oil pressure low.

Excessive oil consumption.

Engine overheating.

Possible Cause Incorrect starting procedure.

Correction See starting procedure.

Fuel level low or empty. Air in fuel system. Engine oil viscosity not right. Fuel not suitable for ambient temperature.

Check fuel level. Bleed fuel system. Use oil of right viscosity. Use correct type of fuel for temperature conditions. Clean system. Replace filter element. Contact your dealer. Clean system.

Fuel Fuel Fuel Fuel

system contaminated. filter clogged. injector fault. system contaminated.

Fuel injector fault Engine overload.

Contact your dealer Change to lower gear or reduce load.

Air filter clogged. Incorrect fuel type. Low engine operating temperature. Fuel injector fault. Implement incorrectly set. Valve clearance wrong. Idling speed too low. Oil level low.

Carry out maintenance on air filter. Use the right fuel. Check thermostat. Have your dealer check the injectors. See equipment manual. Check and adjust. Contact your dealer. Top up oil.

Oil pressure low. Thermostat malfunction.

Contact your dealer. Replace thermostat.

Oil level low. Oil grade or viscosity wrong. Oil level too high.

Add oil as required. Drain and refill with oil of correct grade and viscosity. Reduce oil level.

Oil viscosity wrong. Oil leaking. Breather pipe filter clogged. Radiator core clogged. Engine overload. Engine oil level low.

Use oil of correct viscosity. Repair leaks. Replace breather pipe filter. Clean. Change to lower gear or reduce load. Top up oil level.

8-1

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Problem

Possible Cause Coolant level low. Radiator cap defective. Fan belt slipping or worn.

Excessive fuel consumption.

Cooling system clogged. Thermostat malfunction. Hoses leaking. Temperature indicator or tion. Wrong fuel type.

Correction Top up fluid level in expansion tank; check system for leaks. Replace cap. Check tensioning device; replace belt if worn. Flush cooling system. Check thermostat. Tighten hose connectors. gauge malfunc- Contact your dealer. Use right fuel type.

Air filter dirty or clogged. Engine overload. Valve clearance wrong. Equipment wrongly adjusted. Engine temperature too low. Too much ballast. Fuel injector nozzles blocked.

8-2

Carry out maintenance on air filter. Change to lower gear or reduce load. Check and adjust. Refer to equipment manual for correct operation. Check thermostat. Adjust ballast to correct weight. Have your dealer service the injectors.

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Electrical System Problem The electrical system does not work.

Low starter motor speed and difficulty in starting engine.

Possible Cause Battery terminals loose or corroded.

Correction Clean and tighten terminals.

Sulphated battery.

Check that battery charge is at least 12.6 V; check electrolyte level and specific gravity Clean and tighten loose connections.

Connections loose or corroded.

Battery.

Gear lever engaged.

Check that battery charge is at least 12.6 V check electrolyte level and specific gravity. Use oil of viscosity specified for temperature conditions. Move gear lever to neutral.

Connections loose or corroded. Battery totally flat. Engine idling speed is low.

Clean and tighten loose connections. Charge or replace battery. Increase idling speed.

Altrnator belt loose. Battery fault.

Check belt tensioning device. Check that battery charge is at least 12.6 V; check electrolyte level and specific gravity. Have the alternator checked by your dealer. Have the alternator checked by your dealer or an authorised workshop. Clean and tighten terminals. Check that battery charge is at least 12.6 V; check electrolyte level and specific gravity. Check belt tensioning device. If necessary, replace the belt. Have the alternator checked by your dealer.

Engine oil viscosity wrong. Starter motor does not work.

Battery charge light stays on when engine is running.

Alternator fault. Fault with electrical system. Battery not charging.

Terminals loose or corroded. Battery. Belt loose or worn.

The battery charge Alternator fault. light flashes to indicate excessive charge voltage. Fault with the electrical system.

8-3

Have the alternator checked by your dealer or an authorised workshop.

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Hydraulic System Problem The hydraulic system is not working properly.

Hydraulic fluid overheating.

Possible Cause

Correction

Oil level low.

Top up system.

Hydraulic filter clogged. Hydraulic system fault. Fluid level too high or too low.

Replace hydraulic filter. Contact your dealer. Top up fluid level.

Fluid filter element clogged. Incorrect flow regulation. Hoses not joined together Wrong male seals. properly. Automatic control valve Automatic release pressure incorrectly set pin release mechanism triggered too soon. Remote control does not Hoses not connected correctly. work. Check oil flow in half seals. System overload.

8-4

Replace filter. Set to lower capacity. Replace seals with standard ISO Â˝in. connectors available from your dealer. Adjust automatic release pressure setting.

Connect hoses correctly. Actuate control levers; if problems persist, replace male half seals. Reduce load or use a suitable cylinder.

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

THREE POINT HITCH Problem The linkage does not move when the control lever is actuated.

Possible Cause Correction Linkage cylinder tubes not connected cor- Connect linkage cylinder tubes correctly. rectly.

Linkage overload. Linkage does not lift fully. Link arm top limiter incorrectly set. The linkage lowers slowly. Lowering speed control incorrectly set. The hydraulic lift operates Mixed control incorrectly set. slowly in draft control. Lowering speed too slow. Implement not working properly. The hydraulic lift operates Mixed control incorrectly set. too fast in draft control.

8-5

Reduce load. Adjust link arm top limiter. Have valves checked. Adjust mixed control. checked. Have valves checked. Adjust implement settings. Have valves checked.

Have valves

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

BRAKES Problem Possible Cause Pedals soft when engine Air in braking system. off Pedal depresses fully with Brake piston seals leaking. engine off. Brake discs worn. Brake release leaking. Brake valve(s) leaking. Excessive pedal travel or Brake valve(s) leaking. resistance with engine running Air in braking system. Brake piston seals leaking. Brake pipes leaking.

8-6

Correction Contact your dealer. Contact your dealer. Contact Contact Contact Contact

dealer. dealer. dealer. your dealer.

Contact dealer. Contact dealer. Contact dealer.

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

CAB Problem Dust in cab.

Possible Cause Filter seal ineffective. Filter clogged. Filter defective. Excessive ventilation. Inadequate air circulation. Filter clogged or air circulation filter clogged. Heater or humidifier radiator core clogged. Air–conditioning not Condenser clogged. cooling properly. Refrigerant low. Compressor belt slips or is damaged. Heating on.

8-7

Correction Check condition of filter seal. Clean or replace filter. Replace filter. Close off ventilation. Clean or replace filter(s). Contact your dealer. Clean the radiator, oil exchanger and condenser. Check the glass port to see if there are any bubbles visible. Contact your dealer. Check the automatic belt–tensioning device and condition of the belt. Turn the heater temperature control fully anti–clockwise for maximum cooling.

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Alarms Illumination of a warning light may be accompanied by an audible alarm. Depending on the severity of the malfunction, one of the following alarms may be heard.

Red indicator lamp Illumination of the red warning light (1) is normally associated with a critical alarm. Stop the tractor immediately when this warning light comes on. The warning light will stay on until the fault is corrected or the engine is switched off.

Amber indicator lamp DCUTLNEIT001S8A

Illumination of the amber warning light (2) is normally associated with a non-critical alarm. When this indicator light comes on, the operator can continue working. The fault should be rectified as soon as possible.

Require action

Warning and advisory symbols

A two pulse alarm will sound for 1 second to advise the operator that a certain action is required. The alarm will continue to be displayed until the operator carries out the appropriate action or the tractor engine is switched off.

Safety and General Alarms

There are a number of warning/advisory symbols that may appear on the display (3). This display may be accompanied by the warning lights (1) or (2) coming on and by an audible warning, depending on the severity of the fault. The symbols can be categorised into four main groups.

A general continuous audible warning is emitted if the operator tries to perform inappropriate operations, for instance driving the tractor with the parking brake engaged.

1. Warning. These symbols advise of a fault that is critical to the operation of the tractor. Stop the tractor as soon as possible, investigate the cause and rectify the fault.

Parking Lights A pulse alarm will sound for a short period if the engine is switched off and the parking lights are left on.

2. Maintenance. These symbols tell the operator there is a concern relating to the basic functions of the tractor, ie. water contamination in the fuel, alternator not charging etc. 3. System malfunction warning. The system fault symbols relate to an operational fault in one or more of the tractors main components, either electrical or mechanical. Maybe accompanied by a fault code. 4. Advisory. The advisory symbols are not detrimental to the operation of the tractor but should not be ignored. Take appropriate action where necessary.

8-8

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Display warnings overview DISPLAY (DMD)

PANEL LAMP

WARNING LAMP

ALARM

Safety

Remedy

Critical

CAUSE

CORRECTION

Operator leaves seat without Apply the hand brake; if it applying hand brake or if persists have the seat switch there is a fault with the seat checked. switch, The manoeuvre performed is Cycle clutch pedal. incorrect or dangerous. Only with transmission Hand brake engaged during Release the hand brake auto drive off. before auto drive off. Only with transmission Place the shuttle lever in Shuttle lever in drive. neutral. Only with transmission Operate the tractor and wait Gearbox oil temperature too for the oil temperature to be low. optimal. Only with transmission Immediately stop the engine Driveline oil pressure - too before it shuts down low. The tractor will be automatically, check the stopped automatically in a level of oil in the transmission short time. and top it up if necessary. Immediately stop the engine before it shuts down automatically, and leave Transmission oil temperature it to cool. Restart work and too high. The tractor will be if the warning continues, switch off the engine again, stopped automatically in a check the oil level of the short time. transmission, top it up if necessary and change the filter when needed. Only with transmission Immediately stop the engine Engine coolant temperature before it shuts down too high. The tractor will be automatically, and leave it to cool. Make sure the stopped automatically in a radiator is clean and the fluid short time. is at the right level. Immediately stop the engine Engine oil pressure too low. before it shuts down automatically, check the The tractor will be stopped automatically in a short time. level of engine oil and top it up if necessary. Break immediately to bring the engine below Maximum engine speed 3000 RPM.and prevent exceeded. damage to the engine itself. Mechanical transmission only Immediately stop the Engine error state. The engine before it shuts down tractor will be stopped automatically, and contact automatically in a short time. your local dealer.

8-9

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY (DMD)

PANEL LAMP

WARNING LAMP

ALARM

CAUSE

Safety

Rear Power Take–Off engaged without the operator.

Safety

Front Power Take−Off engaged without the operator.

When battery voltage is Non Critical below 9 Volts for more than 5 seconds.

Critical

Transmission/Steering oil pressure too low

Critical

Engine coolant temperature too high

Critical

Engine oil pressure too low.

Safety

Handbrake engaged during driving

The warning light will remain lit until the operator returns to his seat or the power take−off is disengaged. The warning light will remain lit until the operator returns to his seat or the power take−off is disengaged. Recharge/renew the battery. Stop the tractor as soon as possible, check the oil level and top up if necessary. Contact an authorised dealer if the failure persists. Immediately stop the tractor leaving the engine running for a few minutes. If the warning persists, stop the engine and check that the radiator is clean and that the fluid level is correct. Stop the machine, check the oil level and top up if necessary. Release hand brake. Low warning only. Keep an eye on this warning

Non Critical

Critical

Stop the engine immediately and let it cool down. If the Transmission oil temperature warning continues, switch off too high the engine again, check the oil level of the transmission, top it up if necessary and change the filter when needed. Only with transmission

Critical

No regeneration of the diesel Follow the directions for the particulate filter (DPF). error code.

CORRECTION

Internal and external push switches activated Non Critical simultaneously.

Operation of the Power Take−Off is prevented for a few seconds. After this time, the operator can reengage the Power Take−Off.

Only with transmission

Operation of the Power Power Take-Off (PTO) Take−Off is prevented for a system anti-stall. The few seconds. After this time, Non Critical anti-stall function disengages the operator can reengage the Power Take−Off. the Power Take−Off. Only with transmission

8-10

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY (DMD)

PANEL LAMP

WARNING LAMP

ALARM

CAUSE

Non Critical Exhaust system failure.

Non Critical

Exhaust system failure. Loss If the warning continues, of engine power. contact your Dealer.

Critical

Battery voltage too high.

Module configuration. This warning light comes on when Non Critical a new module is added, with the starter key ON.

Module configured

Request for regeneration of Non Critical the diesel particulate filter (DPF).

ON -

OFF

Monitor the warning.

Persistence of the fault on If the warning continues, the diesel particulate filter contact your Dealer. (DPF). Loss of engine power. Clean the filtering cartridges Engine intake air cleaner as described in the blocked maintenance section. If the warning light fails to go out a few seconds after Have your dealer check the starting, it means that the system. alternator is not charging the battery. Top up the brake fluid level and check the level sensor works properly as described Brake fluid level too low. in the maintenance section. If the signal continues, have your dealer check the system. Clean the filter as described in the maintenance section. Start the engine and if the Non Critical Water in fuel. signal stays on, have your dealer check the system. Carry out the programmed Request for "light" type of maintenance at the maintenance scheduled time. Carry out the programmed Request for "heavy duty" type of maintenance at the maintenance scheduled time.

CORRECTION

Single 'beep'

Call your local dealer. Turn the key (OFF) all off, turn the key (ON) onto the first click. If the configuration has been done correctly the display will show the next symbol.. The instrument panel gives a visual warning of the new module. Stop the tractor and proceed with forced regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) as described in this manual.

Automatic regeneration on. It lights up when automatic regeneration of the diesel particulate filter is started.

It is possible to continue working during the procedure of filter regeneration.

It lights up when automatic regeneration of the diesel particulate filter has ended.

At the end of the procedure the icon goes out and the display returns to its normal functions.

8-11

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

DISPLAY (DMD)

PANEL LAMP

WARNING LAMP -

ALARM

CAUSE

CORRECTION

Automatic regeneration was Enable automatic prevented by the operator. regeneration as soon as Reminder every 5 minutes. possible. To avoid damage, change Non Critical Engine oil change warning. it when required; see maintenance section. Battery cut-off request. The Automatic battery cut-off warning appears for a time of when the engine is shut 60 seconds when the engine down. is shut down. Turn off the direction indicators after completing Non Critical Turn signal lights the manoeuvre. Single 'beep'

Non Critical

Handbrake not applied. The signal is only made with the Engage the hand brake. Non Critical starter key OFF and the hand brake is not engaged.

Side lights on with starter key Switch off the side lights. OFF.

8-12

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Viewing error codes The tractor's electronic control units are able to detect operating faults or errors occurring in key areas such as the engine, gearbox, electric and hydraulic systems. Should a malfunction or error occur, the relevant symbol and error code will appear in the display. This display may be accompanied by the amber or red warning lights on the control panel coming on and by an audible warning, depending on the severity of the fault. Contact your CASE IH authorized dealer's specialized personnel where envisaged.

MOIL13TR02187AA

8-13

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Error code identification NOTE: Should any trouble occur, the central display on the instrument panel will show a warning symbol and a fourdigit error code. To resolve the problem, contact your authorised CASE IH dealer and report the error code displayed. Hydraulic lift error codes In the event of problems with the Electronic Draft Control (EDC), the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

Transmission error codes In the event of problems with the transmission, the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

Rear power take-off error codes In the event of problems with the rear power take−off, the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

Front power take-off error codes In the event of problems with the front power take−off, the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

Four−wheel drive error codes In the event of problems with the four−wheel drive, the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

Differential error codes In the event of problems with the differential lock, the following symbol will be displayed accompanied by a four-digit error code.

8-14

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Fault code of digital instrument Fault code 3786

3787

14001

Symbol

Audible warning Warning light on Function Automatic regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) inhibited; manual YES YES regeneration starting only. Regeneration of the diesel particulate filter (DPF) inhibited; contact your dealer YES YES immediately Rear power take-off shorted to Vcc or open circuit YES YES On mechanical version only

14002

Rear PTO shorted to ground On mechanical version only

YES

14200

Battery isolator switch on at key-on for more than 30 seconds

YES

14015

Supply voltage at 5 V too high

YES

14016

Supply voltage at 5 V too low

YES

14021

Cranking line shorted to +12 V

YES

14022

Cranking line shorted to ground

YES

14058

Seat switch closed over 25 hours

YES

14091

Transmission speed shorted to Vcc or open circuit On mechanical version only

YES

14092

Transmission speed shorted to ground On mechanical version only

YES

14093

Seat switch shorted to Vcc or open circuit

YES

14094

Seat switch shorted to ground

YES

14109

Electronic lift present but not configured

YES

14900

Transmission module missing

YES

14901

Engine module missing

YES

8-15

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8-16

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9 - SPECIFICATIONS###_9_### Introduction concerning the tractor, please consult your authorised dealer.

The specifications on the following pages are given for your information and guidance. For further information

9-1

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Consumables Lubricants Refer to the chart on the right when selecting the oil grade for your tractor engine. In areas where prolonged periods of extreme temperatures are encountered, local lubricant practices are acceptable; such as the use of SAE 5W in extreme low temperatures or SAE 50 in extreme high temperatures.

BAIL11JX098

Sulphur in Fuel The engine oil change period is shown in Engine lubrication system - Replace. However, locally available fuel may have a high sulphur content, in which case the engine oil change period should be adjusted as follows:

Sulphur Content %

Oil Change Period

less than 0.5 0.5 to 1.0 above 1.0

normal half the normal one quarter normal

The use of fuel with a sulphur content above 1.3% is not recommended.

BIODEGRADABLE TRANSMISSION, DRIVE AXLE, HUB, AND HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL A biodegradable oil has been approved for use in the transmission, drive axles, hubs, and hydraulic system of your tractor. The oil is sold under the name CASE IH AKCELA MULTI BIO S and it is available through your authorized dealer. While CASE IH AKCELA MULTI BIO S oil is 90% biodegradable, it is still important to follow safe handling and disposal practices. CASE IH AKCELA MULTI BIO S oil should not be used in conjunction with other oils. Use the following procedure to replace standard oil with CASE IH AKCELA MULTI BIO S. 1. Operate tractor until the oil that is being replaced reaches a temperature greater than 60 Â°C (140 Â°F) . 2. Stop the engine and immediately drain the oil following the instructions in this section. 3. Replace all transmission and hydraulic filters. 4. Add CASE IH AKCELA MULTI BIO S to the proper level and run the tractor to circulate the oil. 5. Check for leaks and recheck the oil level.

9-2

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

General dimensions DIMENSIONS OF 2WD/4WD MODELS

000393

Dimensions

Rear Tires Front Tires A B C

Specifications

FARFARMALL 85 MALL 95

2WD / 4WD 2WD 4WD Standard Fenders Extended Fenders Under Std.4WD axle 2WD 4WD

D E F

Manual adjust wheels To top of exhaust Standard cab Less cab (top of seat/ ROPS) Under Standard Drawbar

9-3

16.9R34 13.6R24

442 -

FARMALL 105

FARMALL 115

18.4R34 16.9R38 16.9R38 7.50-20 13.6R24 13.6R28 13.6R28 1921 2110 464 495 1430 -1930 —

1424 -2133 1526-2026 2490 2515 2640 2665

1422 -2135 1528 –2028 2540 2690

2755

2780

2805

545

570

595

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

DIMENSIONS OF 2WD/4WD MODELS

000393

Dimensions J

Specifications

FARFARMALL 85 MALL 95

2WD

2380

4000

4WD K L

FARMALL 105

FARMALL 115

2280

2WD 4WD Standard Cab Less Cab (top of seat/ROPS)

9-4

4320 1891 2006

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Weights WEIGHTS (OPTIONAL) kg (lb) MODELS

Front support

Front end weights

Rear wheel weights

TOTAL

All Models

60 (132)

4x40: 160 (353)

4x50:200 (441) 6x50:300 (661) 4x50:200 (441) 6x50:300 (661) 4x50:200 (441) 6x50:300 (661)

420 520 500 600 652 752

6x40: 240 (529) 8x40: 320 (706)

9-5

(926) (1146) (1102) (1322) (1279) (1499)

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Tractor weights TRACTOR MINIMUM UNBALASTED SHIPPING WEIGHTS Minimum unballasted / shipping weights 4WD front axle with ROPS 2WD front axle with cab 4WD front axle with cab

FARMALL85A FARMALL95A

kg kg

FARMALL105A

FARMALL115A

3140-3600 -

3350-3500

3480-3700

9-6

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Engine specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATION ENGINE DATA Engine make FPT Engine type: FARMALL 85A F5DFL413L FARMALL 95A F5DFL413K FARMALL 105A F5DFL413J FARMALL 115A F5DFL413H Emission level Tier 4 Clutch 305 mm (12 in) Aspiration Turbocharged 4 Number of cylinders Bore x Stroke 99 mm (3.9 in) X 110 mm (4.3 in) Displacement 3400 cm³ 17± 0,5:1 Compression ratio Engine power (ECE R120): FARMALL 85A 63 kW (86 Hp) @ 2300 RPM FARMALL 95A 73 kW (99 Hp) @ 2300 RPM FARMALL 105A 79 kW (107 Hp) @ 2300 RPM FARMALL 115A 84 kW (114 Hp) @ 2300 RPM Torque rise: FARMALL 85A 34.1% FARMALL 95A 34.2% FARMALL 105A 35.3% FARMALL 115A 32.2% 2300 RPM Rated Speed Maximum torque 1500 RPM LUBRICATION Forced, by gear pump. Oil filtration: forced through pump intake mesh and replaceable cartridge filter on engine intake. Lubrication pressure with engine hot and at max. revs: 3.8 bar (55.1 psi) Engine oil cooled by a heat exchanger using engine coolant.

9-7

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Engine cooling system COOLING SYSTEM A high flow integral water pump with a performance optimised impeller provides coolant flow for engine and oil cooling via a single thermostat full flow bypass system. This means coolant is pumped around the block even when the thermostat is closed. This enables fast and even warm- ups, efficient cooling and controlled engine temperatures in all conditions. A viscous fan drive system automatically adjusts the fan speed for optimum cooling. The fan only runs at full speed when the engine is at full load and ambient temperatures are high. Temperature control is constantly maintained, horsepower is not wasted when cooling is not required, saving fuel. A viscous coupled fan produces less noise than a conventional system. A single poly-V belt ensures positive drive at all times to the viscous coupling, alternator and air conditioning compressor. This means low maintenance and long belt life.

9-8

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Fuel system The fuel filtration is composed by a fuel pre-filter and a fuel filter, which incorporates a water in fuel sensor and tap.

The fuel filtration system is oversized in order to fulfil engine's fuel filtration needs even with low fuel quantity

9-9

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Clutch TRANSMISSION

Disk material and diameter (inches):

Clutch Dry double–plate, with separate controls : pedal operation for gearbox and hand lever for power take–off.

MODELS Engine PTO Servo PTO (Optional)

FARMALL FARMALL FARMALL FARMALL 85A 95A 105A 115A

Organic Cerametallic Organic Cerametallic (4 pads)

– 12” 12” 11”

9-10

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Transmission GEARS

Range gear cascade connection with three forward gear ranges and one reverse gear range.

Permanently engaged helical mesh with 4 gear ratios. Full syncromesh for all gears.

Speed

40 km/h

Gearbox

Model

12x12 12x12 Power Shuttle 20x12 12x12 12x12 Power Shuttle 20x12

Std. Opt. Opt. Std. Opt. Opt.

REAR TRANSMISSION FARMALL 85A — FARMALL 85A — FARMALL 105A 95A — 115A Bevel gear ratio 95A 30 km/h 40 km/h 30 km/h 10/43

10/43

10/44

Differential with pedal controlled locking device and automatic release.

Final drive : Pinion – gear type

9-11

FARMALL 105A — 115A 40 km/h 10/44

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Power take-off POWER TAKE–OFF (PTO) Fully independent, in three versions : 540 rpm; 540, 750 and 1000 rev/min; (540 and 1000 rev/min not for all markets). With engine running at :

PTO Speed (rpm) 540 540E 750 1000

FARMALL 85A

FARMALL 95A

FARMALL 105A

FARMALL 115A

2200 1715 2382 2381

2200 1535 2132 2261

Ground speed PTO (see Rear mechanical control - Operating). Manual control : clutch control lever, take–off engage lever and speed selector lever. Direction of rotation, viewed from rear of tractor : clockwise.

9-12

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Hydraulic lift HYDRAULIC LIFT

Draft control is through the link arms by means of a torsion bar.

Operates in the following modes : • draft control;

The link–arms are raised and lowered using a pushbutton–operated device Fast Raise Lower Plus Switch.

• position control • mixed control;

Oil supply is from the transmission by gear pump operated directly by the engine :

• float mode. HYDRAULIC Tandem gear pump, fitted on left hand side of the engine, supplies power to open-centre hydraulic circuit system. This system is essentially two pumps that work independently, one dedicated to high pressure circuit for remotes and three-point hitch functions, the other pump is dedicated for steering and low pressure circuit. Are provided two hydraulic circuit: Only Synchro Shuttle™ High pressure circuit Pump capacity 19.00 cm³ (1.16 in³) Pump flow at rated engine speed and 47.50 l/min (12.55 US gpm) pressure (no efficiency applied) Max pump pressure at rated speed 190.0 bar (2755.0 psi)

Low pressure circuit 11.00 cm³ (0.67 in³) 27.50 l/min (7.26 US gpm)

High pressure circuit Pump capacity 25.00 cm³ (1.53 in³) Pump flow at rated engine speed and 63.80 l/min (16.85 US gpm) pressure (no efficiency applied) Max pump pressure at rated speed 190.0 bar (2755.0 psi)

Low pressure circuit 14.00 cm³ (0.85 in³) 37.00 l/min (9.77 US gpm)

9-13

170.0 bar (2465.0 psi)

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Three point hitch - capacities Maximum lift capacity With lift rods located in rear holes of horizontal arms and upper hole of top link attachment bracket :

Rear Linkage Category Less assist ram (kg) Maximum lift One assist ram (kg) capacity at ball Two assist rams (kg) end. Lift capacity 610 Less assist ram (kg) mm behind ball One assist ram (kg) ends through full range Two assist rams (kg) (*) With 38” tires lift capacity is 4500 kg.

FARMALL 85

FARMALL 95A

FARMALL 105A

FARMALL 115A

3565 n/a n/a 2700 n/a

3565 n/a 4700 (*) 2700 n/a

II 3565 n/a 4700 (*) 2700 n/a

3565 n/a 4700 (*) 2700 n/a

n/a

3450(**)

(**) With 38” tires, lift capacity is 3300 kg.

9-14

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Three-point hitch THREE–POINT LINKAGE

Stabilizer device :

On Farmall 85A model; Category I and Category II,

• telescopic stabilizers (standard).

On Farmall 95A, Farmall 105A and Farmall 115A models; Category II three–point linkage device.

Single or double–acting rear remote control valves: up to three, one with float and automatic release.

9-15

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Front wheels FRONT WHEELS 2WD

REAR WHEELS

Rims with integral steel wheel discs.

Wheels in two parts : steel wheel disc and rim.

FRONT WHEELS 4WD

Track adjustment : by interchanging rims to discs and to wheel hubs.

Wheels in two parts : steel wheel disc and rim.

NOTE: Tyre specifications are shown on Wheels - General specification.

Track adjustment : by interchanging rims to discs and to wheel hubs.

9-16

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Steering Hydrostatic control, independent circuit.

Bevel gear pair ratios :

Gear pump operated directly by the engine :

– model FARMALL 85A, FARMALL 95A, FARMALL 105A and FARMALL 115A (30 km/h and 40 km/h)

• corresponding standard flow: dm³/min / l/min (gal/min): 27.5 (7.264731) • corresponding optional flow: dm³/min / l/min (gal/min): 37.0 (9.774366) pressure relief valve calibration:

Minimum turning radius (m): FARMALL 85A, FARMALL 95A, FARMALL 105A and FARMALL 115A 4WD engaged without brakes 4WD disengaged without brakes

All 4WD models: 170 bar (2465 Psi, 173.352 kg/cm²)

4WD FRONT AXLE

9/39

Central pivoting axle and co-axial transmission shaft on the longitudinal axis of the tractor. No universal joints on transmission shaft. Differential with two planetary pinions.

9-17

5.8 5.4

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Brakes BRAKES Rear service brakes Hydraulically operated oilâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;immersed disc brakes. Oil bath type, hydraulic actuation 5 plates Pedals are connected for simultaneous braking when driving on roads.

Front service brakes Disc brake, hydrostatically controlled (not available at all markets), mounted on front final drive. Pedals are connected for simultaneous braking.

Parking brake on transmission Hand control coupled to service brakes Mechanically actuated from service brakes 5 plates The parking brake device is able to hold the unladen tractor with a trailer on a 12 degree gradient facing up and downhill with the required force. The parking brake device is able to hold the unladen tractor with a trailer on an 18% gradient facing up and downhill with the required force.

9-18

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Cab BODYWORK AND DRIVING POSITION

– With Cab

– With ROPS

Mudguards and cab form a single integrated structure. Fuel tank located on left–hand side under the cab module. Hood hinged at rear and held open by gas strut.

Platform, instrument console and mudguards form a single, modular structure, suspended on 4 rubber blocks. Pre–lined sheet metal mudguards with partially shaped galvanised layer. Mounting structure for roll bar.

Seat Padded, with parallelogram suspension, adjustable springing and position.

Fuel tank located on left–hand side under the platform. Hood hinged at rear and held open by gas strut.

9-19

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Towing devices TOWING DEVICES

• Rear height–adjustable rigid hook.

• Rear swinging drawbar.

• Front pull–type hook.

9-20

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Electrical system ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Lights

VOLTAGE

Two asymmetrical front headlamps using 50 W bulbs (white or yellow).

14 V

Road lights 55/60 W

Alternator

Two front light clusters including :

For, Farmall 85A, Farmall 95A, Farmall 105A & Farmall 115A models: 120 A

• side lights ( 5 W bulb) with white transparent cover;

Integral electronic voltage regulator..

• direction indicator ( 21 W bulb) with amber transparent cover. Two rear light clusters including :

Battery

• side lights ( 5 W bulb) with red transparent cover;

For, Farmall 85A, Farmall 95A, Farmall 105A & Farmall 115A models: 100 A·h

• direction indicator ( 21 W bulb) with amber transparent cover;

Starter motor

• brake (stop) light ( 21 W bulb) with red transparent cover;

3.2 kW for all models;

• number plate light, 5 W. Red rear reflectors.

9-21

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Instruments and accessories Instruments and accessories

• Up to 26 TT lamps

• New instrument cluster is an Analogue/Digital LCD, which operates with a combination of hard-wired and CAN connected sensor inputs.

• Glow plugs (Base) — Cold Start Aid

• Analogue Tachometer

• Work lamps (50 W bulb)

• Fuel Level and Coolant Temperature Gauges

• Beacon 55 W.

• Flashing hazard warning light indicator for tractor and trailer.

9-22

10 - ACCESSORIES

10 - ACCESSORIES###_10_### ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES This section of the Manual describes the function and operation of features that are available for your tractor as dealer installed accessories. Unless otherwise stated, these features may also be available as factory fitted options. Maintenance requirements for these features will be found in Maintenance - Basic instructions and onwards.

This subjects covered in this section are shown on the right. A comprehensive Index is provided at the end of this book. Subject Beacon Lamp Drawbars and Towing Attachments Hydraulic Trailer Brakes

10-1

Page 10-2 10-5 10-11

10 - ACCESSORIES

ROTATING BEACON BEACON LAMP (WITHOUT CAB) - Fig. 1 Beacon lamp ON/OFF button • Position A: ON • Position B: OFF

000235

00217

BEACON LAMP (WITH CAB) - Fig. 2 Beacon lamp ON/OFF button (1) The switch has two positions: • Position E = off; • Position D = rear worklights on

10-2

10 - ACCESSORIES

QUICK HITCH QUICK FIT IMPLEMENT LINKAGE Hitching the implement With the lower arms fully lowered, adjust the length of the control cables (2), so that they do not drag on the ground when attached to the tractor. Correctly adjust the distance between the lower arm hook ends by tightening or loosening the spacer spring rod (3). Fit the conical pick-up profiles (1) fig. 2 on the implement hitch pins, as shown in the figure. Reverse the tractor and place in position in relation to the implement, then raise the lower arms and the implement will be hitched automatically. The hook ends (2) fig. 3 should engage in the locked position. If using 1st category implements, fit the reducer bushes on the implement hitch pins.

000237

000238

000239

NOTICE: Before lifting the implement, make sure that the two hook ends (2) fig. 3 have engaged in the locked position. Release the end of the top link by pulling back the control cable (1) fig. 1, and hook onto the implement. Adjust the length of the top link by tightening or loosening the threaded sleeve. NOTICE: Do not unscrew the sleeve any further when the top link length is 770 mm (with standard implement linkage).

Unhitching the implement Rest the implement on the ground and make sure that it is stable. Disconnect the top link by lifting and then pulling the control cable (1) fig. 1. Slightly raise the implement, then release the hook ends (2) fig. 3 by pulling the control cables (2) fig. 1 directly from the driving position. Lower the lower arms until the hooks are released.

10-3

10 - ACCESSORIES

NOTICE: The quick couplers are fitted to be able to be locked so as to prevent the implement from accidentally getting unhooked. To prevent the implement from getting unhooked it is recommended to secure the catches (1) in the locked position when using heavy overhanging implements (for instance, grass cutters, inter-row hoeing machines that come outside the tractor clearance) or when travelling on public roads. To lock the catches (1), insert a screw (3) into the hole (4) and lock it with a self-locking nut (2), available in any hardware store.

000241

000240

The type of screws and nuts suited to lock the catches (1) are given in the chart. Cat. Hook 1 2S 2 3S 3 4

M6x40 M6x45 M8x50 M8x55 M8x55 M8x65

opt. opt. opt. opt. opt. opt.

UNI 5737 cl.8.8 screw 7/32” x 1”1/2 7/32” x 1”3/4 5/16” x 2” 5/16” x 2”1/8 5/16” x 2”1/8 5/16” x 2”1/2”

UNI 7473 cl.6S nut M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8

opt. opt. opt. opt. opt. opt.

7/32” 7/32” 5/16” 5/16” 5/16” 5/16”

DETACHING THE IMPLEMENT -- Fig. 5 Rest the implement on the ground and make sure that it is stable. Remove the safety screws (3) fig. 6 from the two hooks to free the catches (1) fig. 46. While sitting in the driving seat, pull the control cable (1) to unhook the top link (3) fig. 5. Slightly raise the implement, then release the hook ends by pulling the control cables (2) fig. 5 directly from the driving seat. Lower the lower arms until the hooks are released.

10-4

10 - ACCESSORIES

SWINGING DRAWBARS TOWING DEVICES SWINGING DRAWBAR

000242

NOTICE: The towing equipment should be selected on the basis of the type of trailer or implement to be towed and should comply with current legislation • The ease of handling and driving safety of the tractor depends on correct towing adjustment. • A towing device fitted high up increases towing capacity but also means that the tractor has a tendency to tip back. Therefore ensure that the trailer shaft is not at too great an upward angle. • When using four–wheel drive, the towing bracket should be in its lower position with the shaft almost horizontal. • Avoid towing excessively heavy trailers or loads. • Never start suddenly as this considerably increases the risk of tipping backwards. • Always brake the trailer first and then the tractor. Use the swinging drawbar for implements, agricultural machinery and trailers with two axles.

The drawbar can be used in various ways: This equipment can be supplied: • with the relative brackets to fit rigid towing hooks and towing hooks; • with a bracket designed to fit only to a towbar. The following adjustments can be made to the bar (4): • height adjustment by fitting the fork (5) facing upwards or downwards; • cancel the crossways swinging in three fixed positions: - central between the pins (1) - Side, to the right or left of the pins (1) • maximum crossways swing by removing the pins (1). By varying the position of the locking pin (2) in the respective holes (3) of the drawbar (4) it is possible to vary the distance of the tow from the PTO shaft. NOTICE: Use the front towing fork for possible emergency trailer manoeuvres or for towing the tractor.

Do not use for single-axle trailers as they apply excessive weight to the bar, which will risk tipping the tractor.

10-5

10 - ACCESSORIES

000243

Type of towing A hook B hook C hook D hook E 1 hook 2 bar F bar G bar H hook

Category EC C EC EC

Towing pin hole diameter 33 29 33 33

C EC EC EC C

29 29 33 33 29

10-6

10 - ACCESSORIES

SLIDING HOOK ADJUSTMENT -- Fig. 3 To adjust the height, proceed as follows: • turn the handle (2) upwards to free the hook and make it slide on its support; • get positioned at the desired height and release the handle (2) to allow the hook to lock in the holes (3) on the support. NOTE: To position the hook above the power take-off, it is necessary to remove the guard (1).

000244

000245

RIGID HOOK ADJUSTMENT -- Fig. 4 The hook can be used combined with the drawbar. It can be positioned both under and above the drawbar and be fitted upside-down as illustrated in the figure. To adjust the height, proceed as follows: • Extract the securing pins (1); • Extract the pins (2) and secure it in the holes.

NOTE: The towing hook is designed to tow trailers with four wheels that do not exert a strong downward load.

NOTE: To extend the hitches to their full height, remove the power take-off guard (1) fig. 3.

NOTE: The maximum static load exerted on the towing hook must not exceed the weight stamped on the hook, or the rear tyres load capacity. The maximum applied weight must be the lower of the two available weights.

NOTICE: The trailer must not be connected with the hitch free on the power take-off guard. The hitch must always be in the secured position in the relevant holes. Before connecting the trailer, make sure that the safety bolts are secured in their seats correctly.

10-7

10 - ACCESSORIES

HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED TOWING HITCH HYDRAULICALLY HITCH

OPERATED

TOWING

This device makes it possible to tow implements, agricultural machinery and trailers fitted with drawbar hitching equipment. All hitching and releasing operations can be carried out directly from the driving position.

Hitching a trailer To lower the towing hitch and connect the implement, proceed as follows: • from the driver’s seat, pull the position control lever (1) fully back and the draft control lever (2) fully forward: • pull the safety lever (6) upwards, move the lever (7) back to free the support plate and move the lift lowering control lever (1) gradually forwards, until the required position has been reached;

00276

00196

000353

• release lever (7) ; • reverse the tractor and place in position in relation to the trailer; • raise the towing hitch by moving the position control lever (1) backwards; hitching is automatic and anchoring hooks (4) can be heard to click on the respective pins (5) ; • once hitching is completed, move the position control lever (1) slightly forwards, so that the weight on the hitch is sustained by anchoring hooks (4.) NOTICE: Before starting, check to see that the anchoring hooks (4) and (5) fig. 3 have engaged in the locked position.

10-8

10 - ACCESSORIES

Unhitching a trailer To unhitch the trailer or implement, proceed as follows: • park the tractor on a level surface; • move the lift position control lever (1) fully back to release the weight on the anchoring hooks (6) ; • pull up lever (7) and move position control lever (1) gradually forwards to lower the towing hitch. To switch from the hook-hitching system to the towbar, proceed as follows: • lower the towing hitch, as previously described; • remove the fixing pins (9) ;

000354

000355

000356

• extract the hitch (10) and fit the bar (11) , re-inserting the securing pins in the holes. The towbar can be positioned at two different distances from the PTO, securing it in the pair of holes (8) or (9) . When you need to tow implements that have high static loads such as two-wheeler trailers, etc.. always use the drawbar pivoted in the most retracted position. NOTICE: Never raise or lower the hitch with the towbar connected to a trailer. NOTICE: When towing implements make sure that the total weight on the rear axle does not exceed the maximum permissible static load (see page Brakes and controls - Weight ) or the rear tyres load capacity (see tyre loading index and inflation pressures (page Wheels - General specification).

10-9

10 - ACCESSORIES

C CATEGORY HITCH (OPTIONAL)— Fig. 7 This device is height-adjustable and can be fitted with the towbar. To adjust, proceed as follows: • unscrew safety pin (1) ; • pull handle (2) upwards and position the hitch at the desired height; • fix it in one of the notches (3) by pushing handle (2) down; • reinsert the safety pin and pull guard (4) down • to remove hitching pin (6) , pull rod (5) upwards and unscrew.

10-10

C_CAT_HI

10 - ACCESSORIES

Trailer brake hydraulic control - Static description HYDRAULIC TRAILER BRAKE (not available on all markets) WARNING Loss of control hazard! Uneven brake force exists on left-hand and right-hand brakes. Always use brake pedal coupler when traveling on public roads to ensure brakes are actuated together. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0081A

NOTICE: To use the hydraulic trailer braking system correctly, follow the instructions below. In addition to the correct operation of the braking system, these instructions will also help to avoid hazard situations, which may cause injuries to persons or damage to property.

00214

ANIL17TRO0995AA

NOTICE: To brake both the tractor and the trailer simultaneously, always connect the pedals together with the locking pin (1), fig. 1, as required when driving on roads. The remote control valve for trailer hydraulic braking is controlled by the tractor brakes hydrostatic circuit oil, when pressurised by the relevant control pedals (2). The trailer braking function uses the same oil as the hydraulic lift circuit.

TRACTORâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;TRAILER COUPLING First hitch the trailer to the tractor towing bracket and then, with the engine shut off, connect the trailer brake line to coupler (1), fig. 2. on the tractor. NOTICE: Before connecting the trailer, check that the handbrake is applied and the tractor is in gear.

STARTING THE TRACTOR Start the engine and press the brake pedals to reduce the time taken to release the trailer brake. NOTICE: In critical sloping or sliding conditions, only release the handbrake lever after having accelerated the engine to maximum speed.

10-11

10 - ACCESSORIES

STOPPING THE TRACTOR When the tractor is stopped with a trailer connected and the engine running, move the gear shift lever (1) and range lever (2), Fig. 3, to neutral. At this point, pull handbrake lever (1), Fig. 3, to engage the trailer parking brake. NOTICE: When the tractor is stationary, apply the handbrake lever and wait for at least 10 seconds before switching off the engine to ensure that the trailer parking brake is engaged.

00162

000249

UNHITCHING A TRAILER FROM THE TRACTOR To disconnect the trailer from your tractor, proceed as follows: • stop the tractor as previously described; • switch off the engine, as described above; • disconnect the trailer brake line from the tractor coupler. If the trailer is on a slope, place chocks behind the wheels for greater safety. NOTICE: If there should be any marked irregularity in the operation of the braking system, contact your authorised dealer immediately to have the problem put right.

10-12

10 - ACCESSORIES

Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual line WARNING Loss of control hazard! One-sided brake force exists if you do not use the brake pedal latch, and if you do not depress the left and right pedals at the same time. ALWAYS use the brake pedal latch when traveling at transport speeds and/or when a trailer with hydraulic or air-applied brakes is attached to the machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0375A

WARNING Loss of control! If your tractor has a dual-line hydraulic trailer braking system, do not connect a trailer with a single-line hydraulic braking system. A mismatch between tractor and trailer braking systems can cause you to lose control of the tractor-trailer combination. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W1490B

NOTICE: to brake both the tractor and the trailer simultaneously, ALWAYS connect the brake pedals using the designated coupling pin (1). The trailer hydraulic brake control valve is controlled by oil from the tractor brake hydrostatic circuit, pressurized by means of the control pedals (2). The trailer brakes work with the same oil as the hydraulic lift circuit. NOTICE: Before operating the brakes with the trailer fitted, check that the system has reached the working pressure. Failure to observe this precaution can cause serious injury or death.

00214

ANIL17TRO0995AA

NOTICE: only two hydraulic pipes can be connected, one for the trailer's service brake and the other for the trailer's emergency brake

Connecting the trailer to the tractor 1. Connect the trailer to the tractor tow hook. 2. Apply the hand brake of the tractor and switch off the engine. 3. Connect the trailer hydraulic brakes to the couplers (1) and (2) of the dual line braking system of the tractor. NOTICE: NEVER connect trailers if they do not have a single line for braking on one of the two couplers (1) and (2) on the tractor. 4. Connect the electrical plug of the trailer to the socket (3) to power the trailer brake lights and turn indicators.

10-13

10 - ACCESSORIES

Start the engine and press the brake pedals to reduce the time taken to release the trailer brake. NOTICE: the yellow warning indicator (4) activates to indicate low hydraulic oil pressure in the trailer brake circuit. If this happens, contact the manufacturer of the trailer. NOTICE: the red warning indicator (5) activates to indicate low service brake fluid level. NOTICE: When the tractor is stationary, apply the hand brake and wait for at least 10 s before switching off the engine to ensure that the trailer parking brake is engaged. MOIL16TR03486AA

10-14

10 - ACCESSORIES

Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual-line, compatible with trailers with universal single line WARNING Loss of control hazard! One-sided brake force exists if you do not use the brake pedal latch, and if you do not depress the left and right pedals at the same time. ALWAYS use the brake pedal latch when traveling at transport speeds and/or when a trailer with hydraulic or air-applied brakes is attached to the machine. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0375A

NOTICE: The red warning indicator (5) activates to indicate low service brake fluid level. Before moving the tractor, make sure that the warning indicator is off. NOTICE: To use the hydraulic trailer braking system correctly, follow the instructions below. In addition to the correct operation of the braking system, these instructions will also help to avoid hazardous situations, which may cause injuries to persons or damage to property. NOTE: When travelling on the road and towing trailers with hydraulic or pneumatic brakes, always join the brake pedals (2) together using the coupling pin (1), as shown in the figure. 00214

ANIL17TRO0995AA

Connecting the trailer to the tractor 1. Connect the trailer to the tractor tow hook. 2. Apply the hand brake of the tractor and switch off the engine. 3. If the trailer is equipped with two lines, connect these to connectors (1) and (2) on the tractor's dual-line braking system. 4. If the trailer is equipped with a single line, connect this to connector (2) on the tractor's braking system. NOTICE: Always check that the connection is correct. 5. Connect the electrical plug of the trailer to the socket (3) to power the trailer brake lights and turn indicators.

10-15

10 - ACCESSORIES

Operation Start the engine and press the brake pedals to reduce the time taken to release the trailer brake. Trailer braking is activated by pressing both brake pedals. NOTICE: The yellow warning indicator (4) activates to indicate low hydraulic oil pressure in the trailer brake circuit. If this happens, contact the manufacturer of the trailer.

Stopping the tractor with a trailer connected When the tractor is stopped with a trailer connected and the engine running, before leaving the tractor: 1. shift all the levers to neutral. 2. pull the brake handle to apply the parking brake.

Detaching the trailer from the tractor For optimal safety, before detaching the trailer, the trailer's manual parking brake (if fitted) must be applied and/or the wheels must be chocked. To detach the trailer from the tractor, reverse the connection procedure described above.

10-16

MOIL16TR03486AA

10 - ACCESSORIES

Pneumatic brakes WARNING Loss of control hazard! Do not exceed 25 km/h (15 mph) with single-line pneumatic trailer braking systems. Machine/trailer combinations with dual-line braking systems may be used at higher speeds, but you must comply with local regulations at all times. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0414A

WARNING Loss of control hazard! Do not overuse the brakes on steep, downhill slopes. Use the same gear going downhill that you would use going up the same hill. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury. W0436A

Gross train weight, i.e., tractor plus trailer(s) and/or individual trailer weight must not exceed that laid down in local regulations governing the use of trailers. In extremely humid conditions, or in the event you have not properly maintained the air drier, you should manually drain the compressed air reservoir of the air brake on a daily basis. To drain the reservoir, grasp the ring on the drain valve below the tank and move it sideways. This will allow any accumulated water to be exhausted from the reservoir.

The couplers installed at the rear of the tractor may be connected to dual line trailer braking systems. The air lines connected to the couplers are colour-coded red and yellow. NOTE: The tractor parking brake is connected to the main control valve. Whenever you apply the hand brake on the tractor, you activate the trailer brakes.

10-17

10 - ACCESSORIES

Task When starting the engine with a trailer connected into the tractor air brake system, chock the wheels and release the parking brake and footbrakes. The warning light (1), Figure 1, will remain illuminated until the air pressure reaches 4.5 – 5.5 bar (65.2 – 80 psi). The pressure will continue to increase and will display on the bar graph for air pressure on the monitor of the instrument cluster (Figure 2) The air reservoir should reach operating pressure within three minutes of start-up, but it may take longer, depending upon the capacity of the air brake reservoir/s on the trailer.

MOIL14TR00064AA

MOIL14TR00065AA

MOIL12TR00913AA

PNEU_BRAKE

Once the required pressure has been reached a loud ‘pop’ will be heard, signifying that the unload valve has opened to allow excess pressure to escape into the atmosphere. This happens when the air pressure exceeds 8 bar. NOTICE: Apply the foot brakes several times. Make sure that the pressure indicated on the display falls as soon as you apply the brakes and rises again when you release the brakes. Never drive the tractor with the trailer brake warning light on. When the brake pedals are applied with the parking brake off, check that the front wheel drive indicator light (1) fig. 3 illuminates and that all the brake lights come on. Various types of trailer braking systems are available. Check the trailer manufacturers’ instruction manual before making connections to the tractor air brake system. Clean the trailer and tractor connectors before coupling up the hose(s). Ensure that connections are secure. Check the trailer brakes regularly to ensure that they are functioning correctly.

NOTICE: In case of relief valve (which is on air drier) (1) failure, additional 12 bar emergency relief valve (2) figure 4 protects the system and pressure goes down. Immediately contact for your local CASE IH dealer for assistance.

10-18

10 - ACCESSORIES

Dual line system For a trailer with a dual line braking system, connect the supply line hose to the red coupler (1) and the control line hose to the yellow coupler (2). NOTICE: The dual line system will only operate if both the red and yellow lines are connected. (1) Red line (brake supply line). Air is supplied to the red coupler at full system pressure. This is the brake supply line and charges the reservoir(s) on the trailer. If the trailer braking system is disconnected from the tractor for any reason, the air pressure will fall to zero and the trailer brakes will be applied.

MOIL14TR00183AA

MOIL14TR00184AA

(2) Yellow line (control line). As soon as you apply the tractor brakes, increasing air pressure runs to the trailer control valve, via the yellow coupler, until you achieve full system pressure. Application of the trailer brakes is proportional to the pressure applied to the tractor brake pedals.

Trailer air brakes (Italy) This system operates in a similar manner to the dual line system, previously described, except that a combined dual coupler is utilised. Please read all the previous text relating to the trailer air brakes and the following information. A metal cap (1) protects the coupler. To remove the cap, press the handle (2) down. A stiff spring holds the handle in position. You need to exert some force to move the handle down and release the cap (1). The lines to the couplers are colorâ&#x20AC;?coded for ease of use. The supply line to the left- hand coupler (3) is red and the control line to the right- hand coupler (4) is yellow. The trailer hoses will have a male dual coupler. Press down the handle (2) and insert the trailer coupler. When the handle is released, it will lock the trailer and tractor couplers together.

10-19

10 - ACCESSORIES

10-20

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS###_11_### Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy INSPECTIONS AND/OR OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT – Owner’s Copy NON FUNCTIONAL INSPECTIONS/OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL INSPECTIONS

Tyre pressures and condition

Lights and internal instrumentation

Air filter cartridge and hoses

Oil and liquid leaks

Cooling system hoses

Specific gravity and level of coolant

Maximum and minimum idling speeds

(specific gravity 1,071 to 1,083 at 16 °C)

and engine cut–off

5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Replace fuel filter, clean sediment filter

Power take–off and brakes

and purge air from fuel system

Hydraulic system:

Drive belts for cooling fan, alternator and

Draft control working

air conditioning compressor

Position control working

Change hydraulic oil filter

Auxiliary control valves

Check oil level in rear transmission housing Grease all lubrication fittings and

Control valves intake System pressure

lubricate joints 10.

Tighten wheel disc nuts

11.

Tighten wheel rim nuts

12.

Tighten bolts on front ballast

13.

Front wheel toe–in and steering stops

14.

Battery leads and relative fittings

15.

Windscreen wiper, washer bottle level

16.

Cab air filter clean

17.

Seat operation

18.

Exhaust pipe mounting

FUNCTIONAL INSPECTIONS

Customer’s signature

Engine, accelerator and speed governor

Gearbox

Steering operates correctly

Differential lock and 4WD engage/disengage

Brake operation

Optional equipment and accessories INSPECTIONS OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT

40 N·m ( 4,1 kgm ) ( 29.7 ftlbs. )

Tractor model

Safety belt

Torque cab mounting nuts

Power take–off electrical safety devices engaged

Handbrake operation and adjustment

Safety guards and covers

Inspections and operations carried out Serial No.: Dealer’s signature

11-1

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Date

11-2

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealer’s copy INSPECTIONS AND/OR OPERATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT – Dealer's Copy NON FUNCTIONAL INSPECTIONS/OPERATIONS

OPERATIONAL INSPECTIONS

Tyre pressures and condition

Lights and internal instrumentation

Air filter cartridge and hoses

Oil and liquid leaks

Cooling system hoses

Specific gravity and level of coolant

Maximum and minimum idling speeds

(specific gravity 1,071 to 1,083 at 16 °C)

and engine cut–off

5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

Replace fuel filter, clean sediment filter

Power take–off and brakes

and purge air from fuel system

Hydraulic system:

Drive belts for cooling fan, alternator and

Draft control working

air conditioning compressor

Position control working

Change hydraulic oil filter

Auxiliary control valves

Check oil level in rear transmission housing Grease all lubrication fittings and

Control valves intake System pressure

lubricate joints 10.

Tighten wheel disc nuts

11.

Tighten wheel rim nuts

12.

Tighten bolts on front ballast

13.

Front wheel toe–in and steering stops

14.

Battery leads and relative fittings

15.

Windscreen wiper, washer bottle level

16.

Cab air filter clean

17.

Seat operation

18.

Exhaust pipe mounting

FUNCTIONAL INSPECTIONS Engine, accelerator and speed governor

Gearbox

Steering operates correctly

Differential lock and 4WD engage/disengage

Brake operation

Optional equipment and accessories INSPECTIONS OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT

40 N·m ( 4,1 kgm ) ( 29.7 ftlbs. )

Tractor model

Safety belt

Torque cab mounting nuts

Power take–off electrical safety devices engaged

Handbrake operation and adjustment

Safety guards and covers

Inspections and operations carried out Serial No.:

Customer’s signature

Dealer’s signature

Date

11-3

11 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

11-4

Index ###_Index_###

1 12 X 12 POWER SHUTTLE TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 2 2WD front axle trunnion pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 2WD steering cylinder â&#x20AC;&#x201C; (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 2WD steering spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 4 4WD front axle final drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 4WD front axles stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59 ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . Activating/deactivating buzzer . . . . . . Adjusting the dashboard/display brightness Adjustment of the steering angles . . . . . ADJUST THE MIRRORS . . . . . . . . Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air-conditioning condenser . . . . . . . . AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM . . . . . . Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary services oil filter . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

10-1 3-61 3-54 6-43 3-9 3-18 7-45 3-17 8-8 7-50 7-54

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BATTERY ISOLATOR SWITCH. . . . Battery service . . . . . . . . . . . BEFORE OPERATING THE TRACTOR BIODIESEL FUEL - Biodiesel fuels . . Blow-by filter . . . . . . . . . . . . BODYWORK MAINTENANCE . . . . BOOSTING THE TRACTOR BATTERY Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . Brake pedals - Check . . . . . . . . BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Burn prevention . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-26 3-30 7-72 4-1 7-5 7-65 7-8 4-2 7-23 7-17 8-6 9-18 2-49

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

C CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19 CAB Access/Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29, 7-48 CAB AIR FILTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Cab controls and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Cab recirculated air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30, 7-49 Calibrating speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 Calibrating tool width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 CARRYING THE TRACTOR ON A TRANSPORTER LOADING THE TRACTOR ONTO A TRANSPORTER . 5-1 Change engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 Change the engine coolant fluid - OAT type coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 Check the air-conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15 Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Clutch cable - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Compressor belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51

Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTROL ELEMENTS/SIDE CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIESEL FUEL QUALITY SPECIFICATIONS Diesel particulate filter (DPF) . . . . . . . DIFFERENTIAL LOCK OPERATING . . . Display programming . . . . . . . . . . Display warnings overview . . . . . . . . DOCUMENTATION STORAGE . . . . . . Dry air filter - External cartridge . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

D . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

9-2 3-11

. . . . . . .

. . . . . .

E ECOLOGY AND THE ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . Ecology and the environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRO-HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE Electrohydraulic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency escape from cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY EXIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine cooling system - Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EQUIPMENT MOUNTING POINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error code identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTERNAL HYDRAULIC POWER LIFT CONTROLS (where fitted) External lighting - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-8 2-38 8-3 9-21 3-39 3-42 2-45 2-51 8-1 9-8 7-7 7-25 9-7 6-29 8-14 6-21 7-19

F Fault code of digital instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid capacities and lubricant specifications . . . . . . . FOUR WHEEL DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front axle (4WD) oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front axle (4WD) oil replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front axle 4WD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT WHEEL FENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front wheels - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FRONT WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT (two wheel drive) . Fuel filter water drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse and relay box - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse and relay locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-15 7-11 3-38 7-57 7-66 7-42 6-44 9-16 7-20 6-38 7-24 7-62 9-9 7-74 7-75

. . . . . .

. 9-3 . 7-1 . 2-50 . 4-4 . 6-4 . 2-60

. . . . . .

G . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

Hand brake lever - Grease . . . . . . . . . . Headlight bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED TOWING HITCH Hydraulic circuit oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC LIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC LIFT -CONDITIONS OF USE . .

. . . . . . .

H . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . .

General dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE Getting in and out of the machine . . . . . . GLOW PLUGS - COLD START AID . . . . . GROUND DRIVE P.T.O. (where fitted) . . . . GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . 7-4 . . 7-71 . . 3-43 . . 3-53 . . 8-9 . . 3-20 7-22, 7-55

. . 7-44 . . 7-80 . . 10-8 . . 7-53 6-20, 6-22 . . . 9-13 . . . 6-25

Hydraulic oil tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 Hydraulic service brakes - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 I INDEPENDENT POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) POWER TAKEâ&#x20AC;&#x201C;OFF OPERATION INSTRUCTIONAL SEAT (where fitted). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instruments and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTENDED USE STATEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IRON WEIGHTS (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . 6-2 . . 3-25 3-3, 3-47 . . 9-22 . . 2-52 . . 7-47 . . 2-62 3-1, 7-3 8-1, 9-1 . . 6-53

K KEY- START SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 L LEFT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . LIGHT-/ TURN LEVER . . . . . . . . Light adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL LOCK . . LIQUID BALLAST . . . . . . . . . . LIQUID BALLAST LIQUID BALLASTING Lower links . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

3-44 3-25 7-79 3-41 6-56 6-54 6-31

Machine stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance - Tighten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM PERMITTED WEIGHTS . . . . . . . . MECHANICAL DIFFERENTIAL LOCK. . . . . . . METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ABBREVIATIONS .

. . . . . . . . . . .

M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

2-41 7-12 7-34 7-36 7-38 7-35 7-37 7-33 6-58 3-40 1-1

N Noise level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 NOISE LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63 O OPENING THE HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 OPERATOR'S SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21, 3-23 P.T.O. OPERATING PRECAUTIONS . . Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic brakes . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic trailer brakes compressor belt Power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . POWER TAKE OFF (PTO) SPEEDS . . PREVENTION OF FIRE OR EXPLOSION PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . Programming maintenance work . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . 6-1 . . . 2-47 7-32, 10-17 . . . 7-52 . . . 9-12 . . . 6-6 . . . 2-48 . . . 1-5 . . . 3-59

Q QUICK HITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 R Radiator, oil cooler and air conditioner condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31

Radiator - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiator expansion tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RADIO (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAR POWER TAKE-OFF (PTO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear three-point hitch - Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regenerating the diesel particulate filter (DPF) automatically/manually. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing front axle final drive oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing the fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROTATING BEACON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . 7-16 7-13, 7-27 . . . 3-13 . . . 3-45 . . . 7-43 . . . 3-63 6-32, 6-35 . . . 7-64 . . . 7-67 . . . 7-61 . . . 7-68 . . . 3-46 . . . 10-2

S Safety aspects in accordance with Regulation (EU) 1322/2014 - Annex XXII and subsequent amendments and modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Safety rules - "Do not use" sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 Safety rules – Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Safety rules – Explosions and fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 Safety rules - Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Safety rules - Front end loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Safety rules - General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Safety rules - Hazardous chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32 Safety rules - HVAC system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 Safety rules - Instructor seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Safety rules - In the event of electrical storms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34 Safety rules - Lifting and overhead loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Safety rules – Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Safety rules – Mounting and dismounting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Safety rules - Near utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 Safety rules – Operator presence system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Safety rules Operator protective structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Safety rules - Passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Safety rules - Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Safety rules - Power Take-Off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Safety rules - Reflectors and warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 Safety rules - Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Safety rules - Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Service record 1st 50 hour, Dealer’s copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Service record 1st 50 hour, Owner copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Setting units of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62 STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 STATIC WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17 STEERING COLUMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5, 3-28 STOPPING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 STOPPING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 SUN PROTECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 SWINGING DRAWBARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 T TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, CAB. THREE POINT HITCH . . . . . . Three-point hitch . . . . . . . . . Three point hitch - capacities . . . . Tire combinations . . . . . . . . . Tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIRES - GENERAL INFORMATION .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . 3-14 6-26, 6-27, 8-5 . . . . . 9-15 . . . . . 9-14 . . . . . 6-49 . . . . . 6-51 . . . . . 6-45 . . . . . 6-47

TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOWING THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Towing the tractor for recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tractor storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tractor weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer brake hydraulic control - Operating - Dual-line, compatible with trailers with universal single line Trailer brake hydraulic control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission oil heat exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TRANSMISSION WITH CREEPER AND SHUTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two speed Power Take-Off (PTO) systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Two speed PTO systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. 1-3 . 9-20 . 5-1 . 2-44 . 7-81 . 9-6 10-13 10-15 10-11 . 9-11 . 7-46 . 3-35 . 6-8 . 6-9

V VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION SHEET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Viewing error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68, 8-13 W Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel bolt torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wheel chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WHEEL TRACK ADJUSTMENT - 4WD FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEEL Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

9-5 7-63 2-46 6-40 7-28 7-14

Dealerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s stamp

CNHI International reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold. Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your Case IH dealer.

ÂŠ 2018 CNHI International. All Rights Reserved. Case IH is a trademark registered in the United States and many other countries, owned by or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates. Any trademarks referred to herein, in association with goods and/or services of companies, other than owned by or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates, are the property of those respective companies. Guvercin Yolu No 111-112 Gazi Ankara Turkey.